LongCut logo

Shopify Dropshipping 2025 - The ULTIMATE FREE COURSE - Build a Profitable Dropshipping Business

By Elliott Prendy

Summary

## Key takeaways - **Niche Stores Outperform General Stores**: Niche stores, focusing on a specific product category, are superior to general stores for dropshipping success. They allow for easier testing of multiple products within a defined market, leading to a more branded and trustworthy appearance that boosts conversion rates. [06:39] - **Key Product Criteria for Success**: Winning dropshipping products must possess high perceived value, solve a problem or have a 'wow' factor, offer at least a $20 profit margin, have good visual assets (images/videos), a reliable supplier, and not be overly prevalent on platforms like Amazon. [01:12:16], [01:18:29] - **Mastering Meta Ad Metrics is Crucial**: Focus on CPM (under $40), CPC (under $1), and Cost Per Purchase (under your profit margin) to ensure ad profitability. While Meta's AI helps, understanding these core metrics is vital for scaling effectively. [05:09:44] - **Strategic Scaling: Patience and Data**: Scaling requires patience; successful stores like the case study ($776k AUD in year two) demonstrate the importance of testing audiences and creatives over time, reinvesting profits, and preparing for Q4 months in advance. [01:15:15], [02:23:24] - **Leverage AI for Customer Service & Content**: Utilize AI tools like wesk for chatbots to automate customer service and FAQs, and leverage ChatGPT or Google Gemini for writing ad scripts and product descriptions, significantly reducing workload and improving efficiency. [01:01:01], [04:08:05] - **Q4 Success Hinges on Early Preparation**: To maximize Q4 sales, start preparing in July by testing new audiences and creatives. Avoid scaling down too early in December to prevent order fulfillment issues and customer dissatisfaction, especially for gift purchases. [01:33:34], [04:47:22]

Topics Covered

  • Building a Real, Long-Term E-commerce Business
  • Niche Store Strategy to One-Product Store Success
  • Focus Ads on Product Page, Not Homepage
  • Meta Ads Structure: Campaign, Ad Set, Ad Explained
  • Setting Up Your First Meta Ads Campaign

Full Transcript

in this video I'm going to be giving you

a full length step-by-step tutorial

showing you how to set up a profitable

Shopify Drop Shipping business from

scratch using meta ads I'll start off

the tutorial by giving you a complete

case study on a Shopify Drop Shipping

Store that has done over 600k in Revenue

I'll be showing you the store design

best selling products all of the backend

systems used the store's themes and apps

and the winning ad campaigns and ad

creatives for this store we'll then move

on to the practical step-by step lessons

where I'll walk you through choosing a

niche for your store and finding winning

products in that Niche I will show you

how to set up your store from scratch

including choosing your store's fonts

and colors designing a logo making your

store look completely branded so that it

matches your Niche importing products

optimizing your product titles and

descriptions editing your product images

setting up all of the necessary Pages

for your store such as a contact us page

order tracking page and policy Pages

I'll also be showing you how to add an

AI chatbot to your store to automate

customer service how to optimize your

products for search engines and how to

set up all of your store settings

including currencies shipping rates

taxes accepting payments and more once

you've got your store setup I'll be

walking you through how to create

captivating and engaging ad creatives

that sell I'll show you how to write ad

scripts how to find footage for your ads

and how to edit your ad creatives so

that they're unique and optimized to

achieve sales I'll then show you how to

set up your ad campaigns for Facebook

and Instagram also known as meta ads

I'll guide you through creating a

Facebook page and Instagram account for

your store and how to connect these to

your Shopify store along with your

Facebook pixel so you can start tracking

data with your ad campaigns I'll be

showing you the exact steps you need to

take to get your ad campaigns up and

running and show you how to read all of

the data and metrics for your ad

campaigns to ensure that they're

profitable I'll show you how to scale

your ad campaigns once you start making

consistent sales next up I'll walk you

through how to fulfill your store's

orders and automate the entire

fulfillment process as well as showing

you how to deal with customer returns

refunds and automating your store's

customer service last but not least I'll

be showing you how you can private label

your store's products so you can print

your logos on your store's products and

have custom packaging for your products

so you can build a real legitimate

long-term e-commerce business so if

you've always wanted to have your own

online business quit the 9 to-5 and

start making money with e-commerce and

dropshipping this is going to be the

tutorial for you now before we move on I

do just want to mention my private

dropshipping Community drop ship

Discovery if you join my private

Community you can work with me

personally and I will help you to scale

your drop shipping stores you'll get

access to me via a private one-onone on

chat where you can ask me any question

you have regarding building and scaling

your stores I run weekly Q&A live calls

so you've got support every step of the

way and you also get access to the slack

group with all of my private community

members allowing you to be part of a

group of individuals all working towards

a similar goal of growing their Drop

Shipping business just like I've done

with my student Pedro who has managed to

scale his stores to consistent and

profitable $500 days my name is Pedro

Sierra I've been in e-commerce for about

a year now and like most people starting

out I didn't want to pay for courses or

mentorship because I thought I could

teach myself everything on YouTube I was

able to get some sales but I wasn't

profitable and I couldn't scale anything

to the point I'm doing right now using

Elliot

strategies and this is about a month

since joining Elliott's drop ship

Discovery group almost 18,000 in sales

about 5 or 6,000 profit on this and

expect more going into the fourth

quarter ell just doesn't give you advice

and leave he works with you directly to

optimize your store your landing page

connect you with private suppliers to

lower your cost of goods and shipping

you get weekly meetings modules that are

perfect for beginners real Hands-On

support and it's not just another

payment it's an investment so anyone

who's serious about this should join his

group because this is possible for

anyone so if you're interested in

working with me oneon-one to scale your

drop shipping stores check out the link

in the description to my private

Community Dropship Discovery and now

let's move on to the next part of the

tutorial so welcome to the drop ship

Discovery case study on a drop shipping

store that has done over 680k in Revenue

I hope you're excited to dive into a

behind the scenes of a successful Drop

Shipping Store before you jump into the

Practical step-by-step lessons and start

setting up your very own successful Drop

Shipping Store in this case study I will

be showing you everything I'll be

showing you the store design all of the

best selling products all of the ad

strategies and marketing tactics and all

of the themes and apps that we used to

run the store so without wasting any

more time let's get straight into it so

here we are on the Shopify dashboard of

this Drop Shipping Store and as you can

see it has done over a million dollars

in Revenue but this is Australian dollar

so if we just go over to Google and you

convert this over this is around

680,000 us now I am just going to

refresh this for any of you Skeptics out

there before we actually go and dive in

and have a look at the store design and

all of the other things that I will be

showing you so as you can see all of the

numbers do stay the same for this

store's analytics so I'm sure you're

pretty excited to actually see the front

end of the store so I will just go over

to the homepage of the store and as you

can see this store is called Hooks and

ladders and it is a very simple drinking

game so it's a very simple one product

store if we actually go over to the

product page as you can see it's this

simple drinking game so people play

against each other where they have to

hook these hooks onto this hook and

whoever loses at the end has to take a

shot so it has been marketed as a

drinking game as you can see the store

does also have a bundle that has been

added to the store but I'm going to get

into that in a moment the first thing I

do want to go over is the store strategy

so with this store strategy it

originally started as a niche store

where multiple products were being

tested on this store and when I say a

niche store I do mean a store that only

has a specific category of products so a

general store you can sell any different

type of product a niche store only sells

products from one specific category so

it could be a pet store or a dog store

it could be a mother and baby store it

could be a sports store a golf store it

could be home wear and kitchen so think

of those as a niche store and in my

personal opinion this is the best

strategy that you can use to be

successful with Drop Shipping because

Niche stores allow you to test multiple

products at once as opposed to a one

product store but they look a little bit

more branded and professional in

comparison to a general store where

you're just selling all different types

of products so think of this store

originally so when you have a look at it

right now if we go back over to the

product page you can see it's just a one

product store now and that's because

originally it was being being ran as a

niche store around geeky gadgets and

games so think of it as a geeky gadgets

and games Niche store and kind of

similar to this website here dude I want

that this is what it was modeled upon

this isn't a Drop Shipping Store but it

does sell all different types of geeky

gadgets and games so like I say It was

kind of modeled on something similar to

this and it was selling geeky Gadgets in

games and then this product actually

started to do really well it started to

pick up for a month and get consistent

sales so then the store was converted

into a one product store and basically

the store was completely built around

this entire product and that is how it

was scaled to this amount of Revenue now

if we do just go over the store design

it is very simple so we will just go

back to the homepage like I say it has

just been centered around this single

product which was doing well on the

original Niche store selling geeky

Gadgets in games so the store was then

transitioned around this particular

product as you can see some custom

images do have some custom content here

as well of people playing with the game

so all of this custom content was

created using friends and family so it

was super easy to go and set up this

custom content once the product had

showed some promise so if we go and have

a look the homepage is super simple it's

basically the product page we do just

have a hero image at the top here but

really no one is really going to the

homepage when you're running ads we are

sending all of the customers to the

product page so it doesn't really matter

too much about the homepage as long as

it looks clean and professional you can

see we have some reviews of the product

here with some images if they click on

load more we have some more reviews so

we can click on that you can see quite a

few different reviews and then down the

bottom just a simple footer with all of

the policies also the contact

information and an order tracking page

and then some links to social media and

they can also go and change the currency

so the main audience that this store was

being targeted towards was Australia and

New Zealand but we did also add the

United States dollars as well if anybody

from the US wanted to purchase the

product so now let's go and have a look

at some of the other Pages we have an

order tracking page we have a simple

contact us page and now if we go over to

the product page I did very briefly show

you this but it's very simple so we do

just have the name up here we have a

bundle so this allows store to increase

the average order value so you can see

the main product is $40 Australian but

the bundle is 65 Australian dollars so

they can purchase these branded shot

glasses and also a carry bag for the

game and when I go over suppliers I'll

show you how these products were

actually branded So eventually this

product was white labeled which

basically just means that the supplier

put the logo on it for us before

shipping it out to customers so they

completely white labeled it for us but

I'll be showing you how you can do that

I'll be showing you the suppliers in the

next couple of lessons and I'll also be

showing you how you can do that in the

Practical step-by-step lessons as well

if we scroll down you can see we have

the specs we have the assembly

instructions so if we actually go over

to this page there was a custom video

created for this product just to show

customers how to actually assemble the

product so a few little things like this

where you're creating custom content

you're just going above and beyond

compared to your competitors this can

really help you set your store apart

doing little things like this creating

custom content then we have shipping and

returns and links to the refund and

shipping policy wholesale nobody

actually really ever purchased in

wholesale but it's always handy if you

do want to try and get some wholesale

purchases then we just have some simple

icons again a simple gift of people

playing with the product and a breakdown

of how the product actually works so how

do you actually use the game how do you

play the game then if we scroll down we

do have some more information about the

product some FAQs very simple FAQs and

some reviews so we have a look at some

of the FAQs how do I land a hook Landing

the hook onto that pesky ring is all

about the touch gently release the ring

slightly to the side of the hook to get

a nice rounded swing giving you the best

chance to Landing the ring so as you can

see there was a lot of thought about

what type of questions customers might

ask before purchasing the product then

again if we just scroll down you can see

we have the footer also on the product

page so the product page is very simple

you don't need to create anything

outlandish or have a super unique design

for your drop shipping stores to succeed

now if we go back into the backend

analytics I can show you some more

analytics so 340,000 store sessions the

conversion rate is pretty high so almost

close to 6% and that's pretty high and

the reason behind that is because the

audience for this store was completely

perfect so just bear this in mind you

want to get the right marketing angle

and the Right audience for this so if we

just scroll down a little bit you can

see that most of the customers for the

store came from Australia and New

Zealand and in Australia and New Zealand

they have a massive drinking culture so

that's why this product was completely

centered around drinking if we just go

back to the product page you can see it

has been marketed as a drinking game and

when I show you some of the Facebook ads

you'll easily be able to see how this

product was marketed as a drinking game

but as you can see here they are just

going and playing and having a few

drinks on the side here as part of the

GIF but in the ad it makes it much

clearer how this product has been

marketed as a drinking game so like I

say the reason why the conversion rate

is so high is because with this store we

were able to find the exact audience and

Market it towards them so just bear that

in mind when we come to the product

research modules later on in the

Practical step-by-step lessons you

always want to think about the marketing

angle of the product and the audience

that you are going to Market your

product towards so like I say Australia

and New Zealand do have a big drinking

culture so it was very easy to Market

this product as a drinking game if we

have a look at some of the other

analytics the average order value was

just under 50 Australian doll like I say

we were able to boost this by offering

that bundle deal so some people

purchased the bundle some people

purchased the product on its own but the

bundle really helped to actually boost

the average order value overall and

having a higher average order value

basically means that you can have more

profits for your product now if you

scroll down you can see the top selling

products so we had this original one

Hooks and ladders finished wood and then

the hooks and ladders drinking game

which is the current one so if we just

go over to the products you can see that

the original finished wood one is out of

stock now and now we are currently

selling this one Hooks and ladders

drinking game it's essentially the same

game just a different color wood so you

can see the original one the finished

wood one was selling very well but like

I say it's pretty much the same game

just a different color wood we've

already had a look at the sessions by

location of course sessions by device is

mainly mobile so if we just go over here

you can see almost 80% of it is coming

from mobile so you'll always want to

make sure that your store is optimized

for mobile and in the Practical

step-by-step lessons we'll be showing

you how to do that but as you can see

most of the sessions have come from

mobile for this store now if you have a

look at the sessions by social Source

they are coming all from Facebook and

Instagram so in the next lesson I will

be diving deep into the meta ads manager

and showing you all of the ads that were

ran but basically this complete store

was only ran using Facebook and

Instagram ads we tried a little bit of

Tik Tok ads as well but that didn't

really work out so pretty much 99% of

the revenue has been generated using

Facebook and Instagram ads now they just

call them meta ads but just make it

easier for you to remember that their

Facebook and Instagram ads you can see

some direct traffic as well but that is

also mostly coming probably from

Facebook and Instagram and then if you

scroll down you can just have a look at

some of the landing pages some of the

orders that have been fulfilled now like

I mentioned I do really want to just

drill this home about the marketing

angle and the audiences because if we do

have a look at teamu you can get pretty

much the same product here it's probably

a cheaper quality version of the product

but it's essentially a very similar

product for a much cheaper price but the

way that they've marketed the product is

not as strong so as you can see they're

pretty much marketing it for parties for

kids they've got bar drink home all

different types of things they don't

have a strong marketing angle for the

product now if we actually go over to

the ads manager and I just go and choose

let's just choose from the beginning of

January 22 so I will show you when I did

start this store in the next lesson but

let's just go from January 22 to

December 22 and hit update and we can go

and have a look at one of my best

selling ads so let's just go for this

campaign here let's click on the actual

campaigns and we'll go to the best

selling ad so if I just click on view

charts and I can actually show you the

best selling ad for this product so

let's just wait for this to load and we

can scroll down I am going to just hit

play now

feels it feel the heat feel the heat

finishing

strong pressure

so as you can see the best selling ad is

very simple but it's all about the

feeling that you're creating with the

customer and with your main marketing

angle so as I mentioned our main

marketing angle was to sell this as a

drinking game and the vibe and the

feeling that we've created with this ad

illustrates exactly that so they're on

the deck it's the summer they're having

a few drinks they're playing the game

they're having fun and that's the exact

feeling that we want the customer to

feel when they see the ad that's what's

going going to push them to make that

impulse purchase so just bear this in

mind around your ads you really want to

have a strong marketing angle and you

want to think about the feeling and

emotions that you want your customers to

feel when they see your ad so with this

particular ad like I say it reminds them

of having a good time it reminds them of

the summer sitting playing games with

their friends and having a few drinks

and this is what's going to push them to

actually go and purchase the product

whereas with teu they don't really have

that strong marketing angle that's going

to evoke those otions with potential

customers this ad is what's doing that

and with Facebook you are trying to get

impulse buys so people are seeing it

you're playing on their emotions you're

making them feel those emotions and

that's why they're going to want to

purchase the product so a few key

takeaways from this lesson are to think

of your main marketing angle so in this

instance the product was a drinking game

now in the Practical step-by-step

lessons you will be creating a niche

store with multiple different products

so for every product that you research

you will always want to think of a main

marketing angle for that product for

some products the main marketing angle

is very obvious so if a product solves

back pain well the main marketing angle

is very simple it solves back pain but

for other products it won't be as

obvious so in our instance we had to be

a little bit clever about it and Market

this as a drinking game you do also want

to think of your main audience so who's

actually going to be interested in the

product and like I say when you go and

create your own store using the

practical step-by-step lessons you will

need to think about different audiences

for different products and you can tie

those in with the marketing angle so the

marketing angle was a drinking game

because Australia and New Zealand have a

big drinking culture we tied these two

together thirdly you do want to have

good branding and good creatives this is

what's going to help you evoke those

emotions with the audiences and this

will help you to push them to make

impulse buys that's what works with

Facebook and with Drop Shipping you're

trying to push the customer customers to

make an Impulse buy and purchase the

product on the spot to make them think

it's a really good deal they really want

the product and they need to purchase it

right now and finally you do want to

increase your average order value with

bundles and offers so again having a

look at the product page you can see

this bundle where we offer the shot

glasses and the carry bag as a bundle

and increasing your average order value

will help you to increase your overall

profits so that is it for this first

lesson in the case study in the next

lesson I'll be breaking down all of the

key milestones for this store having a

look at all of the audiences and ads

that were tested on meta ads and having

a look at the profits for this

store so in this lesson I am going to

give you a complete breakdown of all of

the revenue for this store and I will

also dive deeper into the ads account

and have a look at some of the different

audiences that were targeted and some of

the different ads that were used so as

you can see here is where the store

initially started July

2021 and it was slowly scaled up towards

Q4 towards the end of

2021 now because I was originally

running this store from a niche store

well running this product from a niche

store I was still running the ads from a

separate ads account at this point so in

October 2021 I created a dedicated ads

account for this specific store so I

don't have the ads account for July

August and September of this store so

I'm just going to say that the initial

phase for this store is between October

21 and December 21 which is Q4 of

October 2021 so I was kind of trying to

rush to get to Q4 with this product it

had shown some initial promise firstly

on the original Niche store then when I

transferred it over to this store it was

still showing some good promise as you

can see August 2021 1K in sales and then

in September 11k in sales so it still

showing some good promise so like I say

we were trying to sort of rush through

to get to Q4 and get this product to

some decent sales and some decent

Revenue in Q4 but there was still quite

a lot of testing to do at this point in

terms of audiences and creatives but if

we just go over to the ads account we

can have a look at this initial phase so

October 2021 through to December 2021

and you can see the ads spend 23,000 now

if we go over to the campaigns you can

see the results so this one here this

conversion campaign got 1,300 purchases

and then there was also a conversion

campaign for New Zealand so these two

campaigns were essentially the same

except for one was for Australia and one

was for New Zealand I also did do an

engagement campaign for New Zealand just

to boost the engagement of the ad so you

can see only $40 spent on that

engagement campaign so these were the

two main campaigns in that initial phase

for this product so I'll just dive

deeper into these campaigns so if we

actually click on this first conversion

campaign that got a large bulk of the

website purchases you can have a look at

how I actually broke down these

campaigns so I had two adsets and they

were they were both interest targeting

campaigns so one was targeting games and

one was targeting college so if we click

on edit on this particular campaign I

can show you the exact interests so if

we just scroll down like I say this

campaign was targeting Australia only as

you can see and the interests were games

and board games so I'd actually stacked

the interests for this particular adset

I don't really do that anymore because

it can become kind of difficult to see

which interest is actually performing

because you've stacked two interests

into one adset so generally I only

choose one interest now going forward

but at this time I was testing out

different things and as you can see I

had excluded the dropshipping interest

so anybody that was interested in Drop

Shipping wouldn't see the ad now the

audience size was pretty medium so just

around 10 million so not massive but not

super small either now I did also have

this other AD set so if we click on edit

on this one and this was the college ad

set so these were two interests that I

thought might match up with the

particular product games and board games

because it was a game product and

college because they do a lot of

drinking at University and college

especially in Australia so if we just

scroll down as you can see this was the

University interest and again the

dropshipping interest was excluded now

the audience size for this adet was much

smaller so around 2 million not that big

but still enough to find some customers

so this was the initial campaign if we

just go back to campaigns this was the

initial conversion campaign so this was

being run in October so if we just go

over to October and hit update you can

see this was the first campaign that we

started with for this product whilst

trying to scale in Q4 if we actually

have a look through November so let's go

over to November that's when the New

Zealand campaign was actually introduced

throughout November so we basically just

replicated the Australian campaign and

we just changed the country so if I go

and choose let's go for o October

through to December and hit update and

now I'll just go and select the New

Zealand campaign we'll go over to the

adsets and as you can see it's the exact

same adsets except for targeting New

Zealand rather than Australia so if we

click on edit we can scroll down and you

can see the Target location is New

Zealand but it is the same interests and

then that is the same for the college

adset in New Zealand the audience is

much smaller but we were still able to

get some sales so if we just go over to

the college adset and we hit edit and we

can simply scroll down with this

particular adset and as you can see

University higher education and

excluding Drop Shipping for this

particular audience it was quite small

but again sales were still able to be

achieved so don't worry too much about

the audience size if something is doing

well you can always try and replicate it

for another country although the culture

in Australia and New Zealand is quite

similar so that was the thought process

behind

running a very similar ad set just to a

different country because they are very

similar countries now if we actually

have a look at the best performing ad

during this period so you can see we

will just select both of these campaigns

and we will go over to the ads as a

matter of fact let me go back to the

adset just make sure all of the adsets

are selected and now you can see all of

the ads so essentially we had two ad

creatives during this time period one

for the Australian market and one for

the New Zealand Market and we were using

the same ad creative for each adet so

essentially for the game adet and for

the college adet the same ad creative

was being run but as you can see one

creative was targeting the Australian

market and one creative was targeting

the New Zealand market so if we click on

view charts I believe this is the New

Zealand one so let's just scroll down

and I will just go and put this on mute

and you can go and have a look at the ad

so you can see New Zealand is going

crazy over this new drinking game Hooks

and ladders move the shot glass each

time you land a hook the loser takes the

shot make parties a lot more fun and

exciting no setup required so you can

take Hooks and ladders Wherever You Live

join thousands of sa satisfied customers

in New Zealand I am just going to play

it again so you can hear the music a

little bit

so as you can see it is a very basic ad

if we have a look at the ad copy it's

very simple and concise have an absolute

blast at your next gathering with the

game that is taking New Zealand by storm

so the ad copy was very specific towards

targeting the country go head-to-head

with mates at Gatherings great

conversation piece for any home must

have at parties holidays the beach and

more so the ad copy is super simple if

we have a look at the Australian version

of the ad it is pretty much identical so

let's just go to the Australian version

of the ad I will just scroll down if we

have a look at the ad copy you can see

it's pretty much identical we have just

changed New Zealand to Australia and as

you can see it says Australia is going

crazy over this game it's essentially

the exact same ad we have just swapped

out Australia for New Zealand to make it

more personalized for that market same

music Same Clips same captions same

everything we have just changed where it

said New Zealand to Australia now of

course this was the original ad that we

started with so as you can see thousands

of satisfied customers in Australia we

were originally targeting Australia so

then we just duplicated that campaign

and recreated the ad for New Zealand now

that was the initial phase which done

fairly well so as you can see some

pretty good website purchases with both

of these campaigns and the cost per

purchase was very cheap $10 $11 now this

is Australian dollars just bear that in

mind so that is very cheap during this

period however during this period if we

actually just go over to the analytics

so we'll just scroll all the way back to

2021 and I will just show you how much

revenue was brought in during this

period in total so we're just going to

go from October to over here like this

so you can see

71,3 during this period here so if we

actually have a look at the breakdown of

this initial phase you can see this is

how much we brought in$

71,3 Australian dollars was brought in

on this store in US dollar that's

46,50 the cost of goods around this time

was slightly more expensive so we did

manage to get the cost of goods down in

the next phase which I will show you but

overall the cost of goods was around

this all of these numbers have been

rounded up so they are slightly more

conservative you do have the ad spend so

if we go over to the ads account 20 just

over $23,000 Australian dollar so as you

can see that's here in Us dolls that's

around just under 15,000 and then the

processing fees and Shopify fees were

around $1,900 Australian dollar which is

just over 1,200 us so during this first

three months of Q4 for

2021 the total profit even though it

looks like a lot right it's 71,000 in

Revenue the total profit was only

$1,000 now don't be alarmed you might

thinking well that's terrible but that's

okay because now you're going to see in

the next year how the store makes a huge

amount of profit based on this because

like I said in this initial phase this

was really the testing period for Q4 we

were just trying to rush things through

in Q4 just to show a proof of concept

that this product could achieve a good

amount of sales it got over 1,700 sales

so now was the time over the next period

which was 20 2022 where we could

actually test this product further test

more audiences test more creatives and

prepare for Q4 of

2022 so now we're going to go over to

2022 and this is basically the second

phase of the store so let's go over to

2022 and we will just hit apply and as

you can see during this second period

the store done over 700,000 in Revenue

in Australian dollars now if you

actually have a look January February

March April May and June and July sort

of were kind of slow months so for the

first 6 months of the year it was pretty

slow now I was running another store at

this point I was running my shoe store

if you have seen that case study on my

YouTube channel so there was a lot of

time and effort being put into that

store as well but this store was still

being prepared for Q4 of 2022 so a lot

of testing was going on as well now of

course the first couple of months of any

year are always going to be fairly slow

in e-commerce because Q4 is so crazy and

Manic and you try to achieve so many

sales in Q4 the q1 quarter 1 the first 3

months of any e-commerce store depending

on which industry in but generally they

will be fairly slow so as you can see

January February March fairly slow the

same with April and May and June now if

we actually have a look I'm just going

to pick one of these random months and

during this time period here like I said

different creatives and different

audiences were being tested in

preparation for Q4 it had already been

proven that this product could work in

Q4 in the first initial phase so now it

was time to test out different creatives

and different audiences to see if it

could be scaled in Q4 2022 now this is

something to bear in mind you do need to

have some patience with your drop

shipping stores I know you probably see

a lot of gurus online and they're

scaling their stores to 100K a month

within 30 30 days but those are mostly

the outliers they're the exception to

the rule it can take time to test

different audiences to get new creatives

to test different creatives to test new

copy to create new campaigns so you

always just want to be preparing and the

best time when you can actually sell for

your e-commerce and drop shipping stores

will always be in Q4 of course you want

to try and sell all year round but most

of the time you will be preparing for Q4

because this is where you can make a

bulk of your sales for the year so I'll

just pick a random month let's just pick

May 2022 we will just come over to the

ads manager and I am just going to go

and choose May 2022 so let's go to May

2022 we can just unselect all of the

campaigns and now we can simply have a

look at which campaigns perform the best

so you can see here this one is called

Australia final attempt so this is a

final attempt at testing this particular

campaign so if we just go and hit we're

just going to choose this we'll go over

to adsets and now we can go and have a

look at these adsets for this test

campaign so you can see for this

particular adset it was Australia

combined interests so if I just go and

hit edit and then I can simply scroll

down and you can go and have a look so

this one was combined interests so a few

more interests had been added so for the

first initial phase the games interest

and the university interest were in

separate adsets now we had combined them

so you've got University parties games

and alcoholic beverages all in one

campaign the audience was slightly

larger like I say I don't really do this

anymore because it becomes hard to see

which interest is the one that's

actually bringing you in sales so most

of the time I will always separate out

my interests now if we come over to the

second adset here and we click edit this

is a broad campaign so we're testing out

broad campaigns as well so if we scroll

down you can see that audience is much

bigger and if we scroll down you can see

it's basically just Australia all

genders and no interests so that's what

a broad campaign is when you create a

broad campaign you are basically just

letting Facebook find the ideal

customers for you now in 2024 going

forward Facebook's algorithm and AI is

much more advanced it has much more data

so broad adsets can work very well

depending on the product if you have a

very Niche specific product for example

a golf product it's very easy to Target

with interest targeting but if you have

a product for example an anxiety relief

product or a back pain product it can be

worth testing a broad campaign because

there isn't really a specific interest

that you can Target for back pain for

example so this is one thing I really

want you to keep in mind from this

lesson you need to be testing different

audiences and different creatives

throughout the year until you find that

best performing audience that is

bringing you in the most sales and until

you find that best performing ad

creative that is bringing you in the

most sales so like I say during may we

were testing out different things

sometimes they didn't work they weren't

really profitable but we were mostly

breaking even during these months so we

weren't really making a loss so it was

totally fine so now if we go over to one

of the bigger months so let's just go

for example let's have a look at August

which is where it started to scale

slowly so we can just go and have a look

at August I will go and choose August

2022 and hit update and we will just get

rid of all of these selected campaigns

we'll come back to campaigns now so as

you can see here August 2022 we were

testing creatives so in may we were

testing different audiences so we were

testing stacked interests for Australia

we were also testing broad adsets for

Australia as well and now we are testing

different creatives so if we just go and

select this and we can go over to the

ads and you can see there are loads of

different creatives in here so this is

how I was testing different different

creatives firstly I'm testing the

audiences and then if I can see an

audience is doing fairly well then I'll

test all of the creatives to that

audience so again this is a great

takeaway for you to bear in mind test

the audiences first so when I say

audience I mean different countries

different interests different

demographics but mostly different

countries and different interests and

once you find one that is getting some

traction it is bringing you in some

sales then you can test loads of

different creatives towards that

audience so as you can see in here we

have quite a few different creatives

we've got this Tik Tok style ad so let's

actually have a look at which one

achieved the most sales so we can see

this ad here which I did show you in the

previous lesson this is the best selling

ad this is just a very simple ad that we

tested out to quite a few different

audiences and this ad creative always

performed the best

so I'll just go and play it for you

again so this is that very simple ad

creative that I showed you in the last

lesson that is the best selling ad

creative it has been custom made it

doesn't have any captions it doesn't

have any background music a very simple

ad creative so like I mentioned in the

previous lesson when it comes to ad

creatives it is all about the emotions

that you evoke with your customers so

this is the type of feeling that they

want to feel when they are purchasing

the product so we actually go and have a

look at some of the other ad creatives

that we tested during this time let's

have a look at some of the ones that

didn't perform so well so for example

this multi multi video ad for Father's

Day if we click on view charts and if I

just scroll down on this ad and I hit

play and this particular ad was marketed

as a Father's Day product so as you can

see this New Zealand drinking game is

the absolute best gift for your dad on

Father's Day now this ad didn't actually

perform very well so obviously people

didn't think that this would be a good

product for Father's day but the main

message I'm trying to get across you is

you need to be testing different ad

creatives and different audiences

especially if a product has shown some

promise so this product achieved 1,500

sales in that initial phase that I

showed you so we knew it had promise and

that's why we wanted to constantly Test

new creatives and new audiences so we

can now close this we'll just show you

one more this Tik Tok style ad so if I

just click on view charts and I can

simply now just scroll down and we can

have a look at this Tik style at Tik

to awes Kiwi

that move the shot up the ladder each

time you land the hook until you reach

the and the loser has to take the shot %

off TI to now I actually thought that

this was a pretty good ad but of course

it didn't perform very well it only

achieved five sales so now that we've

done our ad creative testing we could

see that this was the one that was

bringing in the most sales so if we just

go back to the campaigns we can actually

just go and select the rest of the year

so we'll just go from January all the

way through to the end of August which

was mostly the testing phase for this

period getting ready for Q4

2022 and if we just go to website

purchases let's get rid of selected you

can see there are a number of different

campaign they're all done fairly well

they all achieved a decent amount of

website purchases but if we actually go

and click on a few of these so let's

just click on these first three and now

if we just go over to ads you can see

that the main ad creative if we just

come over to results that was doing well

was that simple ad creative that I just

showed you so if you have a look 1 2 3 4

so all of these four ads are exactly the

same and as you can see they achieved

the most website purchase

if you combine all of those website

purchases together the second best ad

creative was this NZ one which had the

captions over that I showed you during

the initial phase so that was the second

best ad creative but this was the main

ad creative that was achieving sales

during that testing phase coming up to

Q4

2022 so now imagine it's Q4 2022 so we

will just come over to Q4 2022 so we'll

go to octo as a matter of fact we'll go

from September

mber through to December and just hit

apply and as you can see this is where a

bulk of the revenue for this store came

in so September 202 22k then October 83k

then November

345k massive month and then December

293k now I will go over why December had

less Revenue than November in a moment

because there's an important lesson to

learn behind that but let's just go over

to the ad for this time period as well

so we are just going to come over to the

ads September all the way through to

December so Q4 where the most Revenue

was achieved if we just go over to the

campaigns let's get rid of all of the

selected campaigns we will go to results

and as you can see that creative testing

campaign from August was the main

campaign that brought in a bulk of the

revenue for Q4 and then we also had the

same one for New Zealand so like I

showed you in the initial phase these

two campaigns were essentially the same

same adsets same ads but one was

targeting Australia and one was

targeting New Zealand we then duplicated

that for the UK you can see it got a few

sales but the cost per purchase was

quite high for the UK so this campaign

was never quite profitable and we also

tried to duplicate it for Canada as well

but as you can see it didn't really work

that well and there was also was a

retargeting campaign so people that had

viewed the ad but didn't make a purchase

then we made a retargeting campaign with

different creatives and we were able to

convert 475 more purchases but as you

can see this was that main testing

campaign so we have been preparing for

Q4 all the way from July August time so

that's another key lesson that you need

to take away you need to be preparing

for Q4 in the middle of the Year testing

new creatives testing audiences so then

you can begin to scale once you get to

Q4 you're not starting from scratch once

you hit Q4 you're ready to go and start

scaling so if we actually just go and

choose two of these campaigns these best

performing campaigns we'll go over to

the adsets and then will show you some

of the best performing adsets so two of

the best performing adsets were actually

broad adsets not interest targeting so

remember I mentioned broad adsets

earlier where you're not adding any

interests to the adset and you're just

letting Facebook do its thing and find

the customers for you so if we just go

and hit edit on this first one we can

simply scroll down and as you can see it

was just Australia and completely broad

demographics so broad age broad genders

and no interest targeting if we have a

look at the second one over here we can

click edit on this one and if I scroll

down on this particular adset it is

exactly the same except for it was for

New Zealand so those were the two best

performing adsets with no interests just

completely Broad one for Australia and

one for New Zealand and these achieved

the most sales now if we come back to

the campaigns I can just close this and

let's get rid of this let's have a look

at the UK one so we can choose the UK

campaign we will go over to the adset

and it was the same for the UK a

completely broad UK adet now if we

actually go and choose this and we go

over to the ads and now we can simply go

and click on view charts and if you have

a look at the ad that we targeted

towards the UK it's the exact same ad

we've just tailored the ad copy and

changed Australia and New Zealand to the

UK so have an absolute blast at your

next party with the game that is taking

the UK by storm and it's the exact same

ad so that's another thing that you need

to keep in mind you do need to tailor

your ad copy depending on the audience

depending on the country don't just

simply write one single ad copy and try

and push it to all different audiences

you need to tailor your ad copy

depending on who you're t targeting so

this did achieve a fair amount of sales

but like I say it wasn't very profitable

because the cost per purchase was

slightly too high so it was mostly

breaking even during this period so now

you can just verify which ad performed

the best during this period so if we

just go back to the campaigns we will

choose these two top performing

campaigns we can come over to the ads

and as you can see it is this ad again

the same one I've just shown you is the

one that has been performing the best so

as you can see with all of the sales all

the top four ads these are all the same

the same ad that I just showed you that

custom ad that was created it doesn't

have any captions no background music a

very simple ad but it evokes the right

emotion for this particular product that

we want customers to fill and make that

impulse purchase so that was the second

phase where this product was scaled very

highly now if we do have a look at

December I will just go over to December

because like I say I think there's an

important lesson to learn here for some

new drop shippers and that is that as

you can see here we massively dropped

off around the 12th of December and that

is because you need to scale your stores

down towards the middle of December

because if you push your products all

the way up until Christmas Eve your

products won't get there in time due to

the delivery times and then you'll get a

massive amount of refunds because

customers won't want the product anymore

because it has arrived after Christmas

so as you can see the revenue did drop

off quite drastically from the 12th

onwards and like I say that's because of

the delivery times if you have a look at

November let's go to

November this was a massive scaling

month so when it comes to Q4 with Drop

Shipping November is really going to be

your biggest month where you're really

pushing your products because it's going

to give you enough time for your

products to get to your customers in

time for Christmas and you can still

push it towards the earlier weeks of

December so I think that's a really

important lesson to remember now of

course like I mentioned if we go over to

2023 this is the next phase and in the

beginning of any year is usually quite

slow especially when you've had such a

massive month in November and December

so let's just go over to

2023 and I will just go and show you

this is basically the Final Phase of

this particular store I haven't really

been running it throughout 2024 I've

been focusing on some other projects so

this is pretty much the Final Phase of

this product but before we go over that

Final Phase I do want to show you the

seconde profits for this particular

store so the store revenue for the

second year was

$776,000 Australian doar so as a matter

of fact let's just go back so I can just

verify that with you so let's go that

all the way back to the beginning of

2022 and we will go all the way to the

end of 2022 and hit apply so now in the

second year as you can see 76

,400 Australian dollars which in US

dollar is just over 500k there was a new

supplier being used in 2022 which was

quite a lot cheaper than the original

supplier for the initial phase so the

cost of goods was just over

$200,000 the ad spend so we will go over

to the ad spend for 2022 so let's go to

the beginning of

2022 all the way through to the end of

202

2 and we will just hit apply so you can

see the complete ad spend so let's just

go back over to campaigns so as you can

see just over

220,000 in adspend so if we come back

over here that in Us doll is 144,000 and

then the processing fees was just under

10k us so the profit for 2022 was just

over

$120,000 for this store if you average

that out over a month it's just over

$10,300 so as I mentioned to you before

you do need to be a little bit patient

when it comes to scaling your stores you

can't just be super aggressive and scale

them as soon as you see some initial

promise it does take some time to work

out the Right audience to test new

creatives and start to scale from there

and you can reinvest the profits from

previous months so that you can continue

scaling so it's kind of like a Snowball

Effect you make some profits you

reinvest those profits back in ads and

you continue to scale that way so let's

go to the final phase of the store

2023 we will just go and have a look at

the revenue for this particular year so

I'll just hit apply and of course it

wasn't as good as the previous year this

product had of course achieved a very

high amount of sales in 2022 so it was

going to be hard to re aieve that again

with the same product so January was a

very quiet month the first 3 months

again as you can see where we're fairly

quiet and we're basically just doing the

same thing that we done the previous

year testing new audiences testing new

creatives I was working on other stores

as well during this time period but as

you can see during Q4 it done very well

again in November and in December so not

as well as the previous year but still

fairly decent $200,000 in Australian

dollars so pretty good so if we just go

and pick one of these random months

again let's just go and pick September

2020 23 for example so we'll come over

to the ad

campaigns and we will come to September

20123 and hit update and we can have a

look at which campaigns we're doing the

best so this one here was a November

2023 campaign so we're basically

preparing it for November in September

so if we actually just go and have a

look at this campaign we can come over

to the adsets let's go to the results

and if we just go and click on edit and

this adset was basically the same as the

previous adsets that had done well so it

was a broad adset targeting Australia we

just created a new campaign for the new

year if we do go over to the ads we can

see that we were testing out a new ad so

if we just click on view charts and we

can just have a look at that new

creative that we were testing so let me

just put the volume up a little bit and

hit play

as you can see there was some new custom

footage created for this particular ad

creative and new copy was being tested

so have an absolute blast at your next

party with the game that is taking

Australia by storm so it was very

similar to the original copy all of this

bit was exactly the same just the

initial headline was slightly different

now if we actually go and have a look

let's go and pick another month so we

just chose September October not much

was spent and now if we just come over

to November 2023 you can see the scaling

had begun again for Q4 now I think we

were pretty lazy during this time period

perod we weren't testing as many new

audiences and as many new creatives

throughout the year because there were

other projects and other stores to work

on but if we just go back to the

campaigns and we just go and have a look

at November for example and we just hit

update you can see that we basically

just used the same campaigns from last

year's Q4 we knew that they had worked

well in last year's Q4 so we just

started running them again for Q4 2023

now this is the really great thing About

Drop Shipping if you do find an audience

and a creative that works well you can

pretty much rinse it a couple of times

to bring in a good amount of Revenue but

it's all about testing audiences and

creatives first in order to find that

winning audience and creative so like I

mentioned these were the same campaigns

that achieved a high amount of Revenue

in Q4 2022 and they were just turned

back on and used again for Q4

2023 so again if we go into choose both

of these campaigns we can go and have a

look at the same adsets so they were

just broad adsets again with a high

amount of website purchases as you can

see the cost per purchase was still very

low so a good profit was still able to

be achieved and if we go over to the

actual ads it's the same ad creative so

if we just go to results it's the same

simple ad creative that has been used

for Q4 2023 as well and if we just go

and have a look at December 2023 we can

hit update and as you can see again it's

the same ad creative it's the same

adsets those broad adsets for Australia

and for New Zealand in this particular

instance Australia did actually work

better in 2023 so if we just go and

click on edit I believe this is the

Australian adset so let's just scroll

down as you can see yes this is the

Australian adset the New Zealand one

still performed fairly well but like I

say it's the same campaigns from

2022 that have performed again for Q4 in

2023 and were able to still achieve a

decent amount in revenue for this

particular store so let's have a look at

the profit breakdown for this store in

2023 as you can see the store Revenue

204,000 as you can see here so that's

around

$130,000 the cost of goods had come down

a little bit Again by using that same

supplier from 2022 so around 57,000 on

the cost of goods the ad spend was just

over $63,000 Australian doll so if we

just come over to

2023 so let's

just come to

2023 and we will just go and choose the

entire year so I can show you the entire

ad spend so just over

$63,000 Australian doll which is around

$40,000 and the processing fees and

Shopify fees were around 2,600 so for

the third and final year of this store

the profit was just over

$30,000 or just under 31,000 which is

around

$25,000 per month on average for 2023

and if you have a look at the total

profit for the store over the 3year

period that it has been run you can see

that the total profit with all of these

years added is just over

$150,000 so if you divide that by 3

years that's around

$52,000 per year on average which is

pretty decent considering that you can

work for yourself you can work from

anywhere you don't have to go into an

office you can live on your own terms

and all of those types of things this is

a pretty decent wage now the last things

I do want to go over as part of this

lesson are the key takeaways from this

lesson I hope I have drilled them into

your head now from this entire lesson

but the main thing is you need to test

lots of different audiences this store

we tested multiple different countries

Australia New Zealand UK and Canada so

don't be afraid to test different

countries and make sure that you're

tailoring your creatives and your ad

copy towards those countries don't just

write some generic ad copy and create a

generic ad tailor your creatives and

your copy towards the countries that

you're targeting we also tested multiple

different audiences and adsets so

interest targeting like college games

alcoholic beverages and those types of

things and also broad adsets as well so

where you are just targeting a country

and letting Facebook find the customer

cust for you you also want to test lots

of different creatives so with this

particular store 14 creatives have been

tested obviously that main creative was

the winning one but that's how you find

a winning ad creative by testing lots of

new creatives you can find that one that

consistently performs across all

audiences and that is going to be the

creative that is going to achieve a bulk

amount of sales for you now I've just

put in a final key takeaway here once

you find a winning audience so for this

store's particular instance the winning

audience was Australia and New Zealand

some of the interest targeting worked

okay in the initial phase but generally

the broad adsets worked better so like I

say the winning audience was a broad

adset towards Australia and New Zealand

and once you find a winning creative

that creative that I showed you that has

worked really well you can combine these

to scale your store and then you can

continue to scale it a number of

different times and the last key

takeaway is that you need to be

preparing for for Q4 with your stores as

early as you possibly can so as you saw

in 2022 the testing phase for Q4 2022

actually began in July so those are the

main milestones for this store that I

wanted to cover in this lesson now don't

worry I will be going over in more

detail what actually makes a winning ad

creative because I know I showed you a

few winning ad creatives in this lesson

but you probably still have some

questions about what actually makes a

winning ad creative so I will be

covering those in the Practical

stepbystep lessons but for the next

lesson I want to show you all of the

apps and themes that were used on this

store so in this lesson I'm going to be

showing you all of the themes and apps

that were used on this store so we will

start by looking at the themes so if we

just head over to online store the

current theme that is being used for

this store is the dawn theme and that is

just the default free Shopify themes so

just bear that in mind you don't need to

have any extravagant themes or anything

like that when you are creating your

stores you can just start with a basic

theme and it can do pretty well now

there are of course some themes that

have additional features that you can

use but like I say if you're on a tight

budget you can always just start with

the default themes so if we just scroll

down you can see I've got a few

different themes that have been used

mostly the dawn theme and that has been

updated over the years we did originally

start with the debut theme this was one

of the original free Shopify themes from

a couple of years ago now it's the dawn

theme which is the default one but back

in the days debut was the free default

theme so if we just click on the three

dots we can click on preview to have a

look at what the store originally looked

like it pretty much looked very similar

to what it currently looks like we've

just added a few extra things so if we

actually go over to the product page you

can see it doesn't look as nice it

doesn't look as clean and professional

as we scroll down we've still got the

reviews some links to Instagram and some

FAQs very similar to what it currently

looks like so if I just go and close

this we can see what it currently looks

like and we'll just open up the debut

theme if we go and click over to the

product page you can see it does look

much more clean and professional now

with the GIF and everything else is

pretty much very similar it's just a

kind of different layout a little bit

more optimized obviously the bundle is

available as well now if we just go and

have a look at one of these other ones

so let's just go go and have a look at

this February 1 for example we can click

on this and hit preview again like I say

it's very similar to what it currently

looks like however some things were

slightly different so if we just go over

to the product page you can see for this

product page the images just scroll like

this I don't think this looks as nice as

it currently does so there you can see a

few small changes have been added to the

theme but as I mentioned it is a simple

free theme being used for this store the

dawn theme so now if we go and have a

look at the apps if I just click on apps

you can see a list of all the apps that

are being used on this store not all of

them are currently actually being used

so I'll just go through them one by one

to give you a breakdown of what all of

these apps are I'll firstly start with

these two I am going to cover these in

the next lesson which is going to be the

suppliers that were used for this store

but as you can see these are two

supplier apps drop ship China Pro

fulfillment and we fulfill they're both

suppliers and you can and connect their

Shopify apps to your stores to track

inventory and to automate the

Fulfillment this S easy app is an upsell

app we're not currently using this so I

think if I just click on this it will

probably say that it's not in use as you

can see but we were testing some

different upsells using this sell easy

app if we go back to apps you can see

that we have afterpay so this is

basically a payment Gateway that allows

customers to pay in segments so over

three months over over six months this

isn't currently in use either this is

the bundle app so if we just open up the

front end of the store and if I just go

and click over to the product page

obviously we have the bundle over here

so if we just go over to apps this is

the app that has been used to create

that bundle iconito is an app that just

allow allows you to add icons to your

store so you can see these icons like

this a very simple app that allows you

to add icons to your store Gores is a

live chat app so if you have a look in

the corner of the site we have this live

chat icon so that is being run by this

Gores app we had an affiliate marketing

program so if Affiliates wanted to join

nobody really used it so we're not

really using this app anymore but this

is if you want to create an affiliate

program there are actually better apps

to create an affiliate program now this

was just the one that was tested when we

first started the affiliate program this

email app is the built-in email

marketing app from Shopify so you'll

have this on all of your stores by

default Zoom sticky ad to cart was a

sticky ad to cart button so when

somebody scrolled on the homepage they

would see an add to cart button down the

bottom here I actually got rid of this

because it was making the store look a

little bit weird on the mobile version

of the store it was stretching it out

and making things look a little bit

weird so this isn't in use CJ Drop

Shipping again another supplier you've

probably heard of them so they're really

good just for testing products and

things like that and obviously you can

connect their app to your store so you

can automate fulfillment and track

inventory and things like that fast

checkout upsell cart was another upsell

app that we tried to implement some

upsells but like I say we transitioned

from upsells to the bundle so all of the

upsell apps I could actually just get

rid of on this store right now review is

the app that we use to implement the

reviews so if you scroll down the bottom

here you can see all of these reviews on

the homepage so that's the app that

allows you to import reviews to your

store or add reviews to your product

pages so that's the review app GE

location is an app that allows customers

to see their local currency basically so

if somebody comes over from the US they

will see the store in US dollars if

somebody come comes over to the store

from Australia they will see it in

Australian dollars somebody comes over

to the store from New Zealand they will

see it in New Zealand dollars so you can

use the geolocation app to show

customers products in their local

currencies gz order tracking page pretty

self-explanatory it's an app that you

can use to create an order tracking page

so if we just come back down to the

botom here and click on track my order

you can see a very clean and

professional order tracking page and

they've got loads of different careers

that are connected to their Shopify app

so depending on the Courier you're using

your customer should be able to go and

track their order directly from your

store using this app and then the final

app is clavio email marketing so again

that's an email marketing app it allows

you to go and set up email marketing

flows things like abandoned carts and

you can also go and create email

marketing promotion ions and things like

that so most of these apps are very

simple nothing outlandish nothing that's

really improving the conversion rate of

the store nothing that's super expensive

some pretty simple apps that most stores

will need and when we get to the

step-by-step lessons I'll be showing you

all of the apps that you need to start

running your store but like I say most

of them will be very similar there'll be

upsell apps bundle apps live chat apps

an app for fulfillment with your

supplier an app for reviews an app for

showing customers their local currency

an order tracking page app and an email

marketing app those are most of the apps

that you will need for your stores and

the other apps are simply for adding

extra functionality so that is it for

this lesson and in the next lesson I

will go over what could have been done

better with this store and where the

store is

today so in this lesson I'm going to be

covering what could have been done

better with this store and where is the

store today so firstly I think this

store could have had a better presence

on social media and built more organic

content to bring in more sales on

autopilot without relying solely on ads

so as you can see on Tik Tok only two

posts and hardly any engagement on these

posts and the same with Instagram 22

posts but hardly any engagement on these

posts this was just to sort of verify

that the brand was real when people were

purchasing they knew that the brand had

a present on Tik Tok on Instagram but

there could have been a lot more ugc

created and organic created with people

actually using the product to bring in

more organic sales also I think relying

on one ad platform is slightly dangerous

because if you do get banned or

restricted at any point you basically

just cut off all of your sales so we

mostly just relied if we scroll down

well not mostly pretty much 100% relied

on Facebook and Instagram ads meta ads

to bring in all of the sales so I I

think exploring Tik Tok ads is another

Avenue that could have worked I think

this product could have worked with Tik

Tok ads because it's a younger audience

the college age audience this product

could have potentially worked with that

audience so that's another thing that I

think could have been really important

to try is to test out a new ad platform

to see if some more sales could have

been bought in now where is the store

actually today so let's just go over to

this year we will just go to 2024 and we

will just go to the present day and you

can basically see we haven't brought in

hardly any sales this year at all and

that's because after Q4 last year I just

stopped running all the ads so you can

see if we have a look at Q4 last year

let's just go to December it was still a

fairly big month

$110,000 and this year it's just gone

down to nothing because we just stopped

running all of the ads because I wanted

to focus on some new projects so I

wanted to focus on creating this course

and this community and creating more

content for the community I am also

setting up another branded store from

scratch so I have been putting a lot of

effort into that branded store so this

store has pretty much been on hold for

the whole of this year so you can see

we've only got nine orders those are all

organic so probably from customers who

heard about their product from their

friends and family am I going to try to

rerun this product again this year in Q4

probably not I think I've taken this

store as far as I can as I've shown you

the revenue did go down quite a bit from

from 2022 to

2023 and to be honest with you I think I

have exhausted all of the creatives and

the audiences for this particular

product I've been running it for 3 years

now we've probably made as many sales as

we can at this point without rebranding

the product and creating lots of new

creatives and trying to find new

audiences I think maybe perhaps the US

market would be something that could be

explored but at this point it might be

slightly saturated with this product and

like I say I'm working on a lot of new

projects on new stores on new brands on

creating content so I don't really think

I may continue with the store but I'll

always have it there and if I do want to

try and rejuvenate it then I can pretty

much at any point I can create some new

creatives create some new custom content

and start looking for some new audiences

this store has a lot of data so it still

does have a lot of potential to use in

the future but like I say for now I have

put it on hold and I am focusing on

other projects I hope you're enjoying

ening the tutorial so far now before we

move on I do just want to mention my

private Drop Shipping Community drop

ship Discovery if you join my private

Community you can work with me

personally and I will help you to scale

your drop shipping stores you'll get

access to me via a private 1onone chat

where you can ask me any question you

have regarding building and scaling your

stores I run weekly Q&A live calls so

you've got support every step of the way

and you also get access to the slack

group with all of my private community

members allowing you to be part of a

group of individuals or working towards

a similar goal of growing their Drop

Shipping business just like I've done

with my student Pedro who has managed to

scale his stores two consistent and

profitable $500 days my name is Pedro

Sierra I've been in e-commerce for about

a year now and like most people starting

out I didn't want to pay for courses or

mentorship because I thought I could

teach myself everything on YouTube I was

able to get some sales but I wasn't

profitable and I couldn't scale anything

to the point I'm doing right now using

Elliot

strategies and this is about a month

since joining Elliott's drop ship

Discovery group almost 18,000 in sales

about 5 or 6,000 profit on this and

expect more going into the fourth

quarter L just doesn't give you advice

and leave he works with you directly to

optimize your store your landing page

connect you with private suppliers to

lower your cost of goods and shipping

you get weekly meetings modules that are

perfect for beginners real Hands-On supp

support and it's not just another

payment it's an investment so anyone

who's serious about this should join his

group because this is possible for

anyone so if you're interested in

working with me oneon-one to scale your

drop shipping stores check out the link

in the description to my private

Community Dropship Discovery and now

let's move on to the next part of the

tutorial for this first lesson in the

product research module I do just want

to cover the store strategy that we will

be using Us in order to build your Drop

Shipping Store so we will be using the

niche store strategy and essentially a

niche store is built around one specific

category of products now the reason that

we will be building a niche store is

because it allows you to test multiple

products at once on your store as

opposed to a one product store where you

can only test one product and if that

product fails then you need to build

your store completely from scratch again

and using that strategy can be quite

time consuming because like I say if the

store fails or the product fails then

you need to build your store from

scratch you need to purchase a new

domain name and you need to go and

completely Rebrand the store for the new

product that you want to test and this

is very timeconsuming and it's not time

effective and cost effective when you

want to test multiple products to find a

winning product and the reason we won't

be building a general store where you

sell products from loads of different

categories think of something like

Amazon

is because customers are becoming more

aware of drop shipping stores and

General Stores don't look very

trustworthy to customers so this is

going to drastically decrease your

conversion rate it means you won't get

as many sales with a general store so a

niche store is the best go between a

general store and a one product store

you can test loads of different products

so you don't have to keep rebuilding

your store you can simply create a new

product page for the products that you

want to test but your store looks way

more professional way more branded and

way more trustworthy so you will be able

to achieve more sales and have a higher

conversion rate on your store so I'll

show you a few examples of some Niche

stores you can see this store here is a

pet Niche store so if we scroll down a

really well built store and they sell

all different types of products in the

pet Niche here's another pet Niche store

again a very similar type of store very

well-branded very professional looking

here is the golf Niche store that

actually mine so this is my Niche store

all centered around the golf Niche I

actually scaled this product here to

$443,000 you can see the case study on

my YouTube channel for this particular

product and as you can see loads of

different products from the golf Niche

which I tested here is another Niche

store in the Home and Gardens Niche so I

don't actually think the design of this

store is that great it doesn't look

amazing but this store is performing

well they have some very well performing

ads for different products in the home

and garden Niche and here's a final one

and again this store is doing really

well as well I've had a look at their

ads on Facebook and they are performing

really well and this is the travel Niche

so you don't have to just stick to

completely normal niches this is a

slightly outside the box Niche so

they're selling all different products

related to travel so travel pillows you

can see eye masks travel bags earplugs

and loads of different products related

to travel and like I say this store is

performing really well so you will be

creating a niche store around one

category of products and then you will

be testing those products on a ad

platform we'll primarily be focusing on

The Meta ads platform so Facebook and

Instagram ads for this course but you've

got loads of different marketing

strategies that you can use so you could

use Tik Tok ads you can use Pinterest

ads Google ads Instagram influencers

organic whatever you want to use but

like I say for this course we will

primarily be focusing on meta ads which

is Facebook

and Instagram and once you find a

product that has potential to be a

winner so it is making some consistent

sales three to four sales every day for

a couple of weeks perhaps a month then

you can start to build your store around

that product and actually scale that

product so this is the niche St store

strategy and here are a list of a few

different niches as examples so you have

pets babies and toddlers homewear Sports

Health and Beauty and within each Niche

you also have sub niches so for example

with pets you could have a dog store a

cat store a store for bird products for

sports you could have a golf store like

I just showed you my golf store here you

could also go and build your store

around soccer yoga bodybuilding any

other sports related category so when

you are picking a niche you don't just

have to pick a broad Niche you could go

for a sub Niche now one word of advice

is when you are picking a niche and we

will look at this in further detail in

the next product search lessons but one

word of advice is to pick a niche that

you have some knowledge or interest of

so for example I've created Niche stores

around golf because I have some

knowledge of golf I've also created a

niche store around geeky gadgets and

games that I showed you in the case

study as well again because this is

something that I have knowledge of and I

have some interest in I've also created

a niche store around shoes as well again

because I have some knowledge and

interest in

and the reason that I say this is

because it's going to be much easier for

you to think about your ideal customer

to come up with marketing angles to

create ad creatives if you have some

level of knowledge and interest in the

niche so for example again I would never

create a niche store around makeup

because I don't know anything about

makeup I don't know what makeup products

are good I don't know any marketing

angles that are related to makeup I

wouldn't be able to create ad creatives

related to makeup products so I would

never create a niche store solely around

the makeup Niche because I don't know

anything about the niche and it's going

to be difficult for me to enter that

market because I literally have no

knowledge of the niche so just bear that

in mind when we are going into the next

lessons and we look at picking niches

you will just want to keep that in mind

pick a niche that you have some

knowledge of and you have some level of

interest in so for the next lesson we

will be looking at the key product

criteria that is essential for every

sing Le product before we actually get

into the nitty-gritty of researching

products for this lesson I'm going to be

covering the key product criteria that

you can use to validate your products

before you decide to test them on your

Niche store so here is the key product

criteria and I will be going over these

in detail so firstly the product must

have a high perceived value the product

must have a while factor or solve a

problem or ideally both the product must

have a minimum $20 profit margin but

ideally higher the product must have

good images and videos that you can use

for ad creatives and on the product page

of your store the product must have a

reliable supplier and the product cannot

be too prevalent on Amazon and just some

extras products that have real benefits

will always sell better and products

don't have to be super cheap so you

don't need to find products that are1 2

$3 you can find products that are

slightly more expensive and still mark

them up with that $20 or higher profit

margin so let's start off with the first

key product criteria the product must

have a high perceived value now

perceived value you could say is a

matter of opinion but I'm going to give

you a few examples to understand what

high perceived value means so if we have

a look at this first ad here I will just

go and play this for you and this is a

fishing product so it acts as bait when

people go fishing now this ad has

performed really well 22k likes 5K

comments 8K shares and if you actually

have a look at the comments it's a lot

of people saying that they will purchase

the product or recommending it to their

friends however this particular product

doesn't really have a high perceived

value so if we go over to the product

page you can see they're only selling it

for $16 and like I say that's because it

doesn't have a high perceived value it

really is just a simple P piece of

rubber with a hook on the end so people

aren't really going to pay a lot of

money for a piece of rubber with a hook

on the end and that's why this store is

not able to sell the product for

probably more than $20 now they're

probably purchasing it in bulk so

they're still able to make a profit on

this product however with Drop Shipping

like I say you will need a $20 profit

margin so because this product doesn't

have a high perceived value because it's

a very simple product it's going to be

hard to justify a higher sale price for

this product now if we have a look at an

ad from the same store for a different

product I'll I'll just go back for this

product now this is a fishing line

spooler now if you have a look the ad

has performed very well as well 18K

likes 9k comments 12K shares again if we

have a look at the comments it's a lot

of people mentioning that they will

purchase the product or they're asking

questions about the product now if we

have a look at this product itself it's

from the same store they're selling it

for a lot higher and that is because

this product has a much higher perceived

value It's a larger product it looks

more luxury it appears more luxury so

when it comes down to high perceived

value put yourself in the customer shoes

and ask yourself would they actually pay

this price for the product does this

product look like it's actually worth

the price so that's the first thing to

keep in mind when it comes to high

perceived value how does the product

actually look does it look luxury think

about the size of the product think

about what it's made from and this will

determine whether the product has a high

perceived value or not now if we

actually have a look at this product you

can get it for just under $119 and

they're selling it for just under $40 so

it has that spoton $20 profit margin now

another thing when it comes to high

perceived value is the actual problem

that is attached to the product so if we

have a look at another product let's go

over to this ad here again this ad has

performed very well 7K likes 4K comments

1K shares and again lots of people

asking questions about the product and

wanting to purchase the product so if we

actually have a look at the ad this is a

product that relieves back pain a very

simple ad of somebody using it when

they're sitting down putting it on in

the morning they're working from home

and they are wear wearing it to relieve

their back pain now if we go over to the

product page you can see that they're

selling this product for $40 now you can

get this exact product here for just

over $7

$75 but the reason that they're able to

sell this product for $40 is because it

has a high perceived value and that's

because of the problem that is attached

to the product the problem that this

product actually solves so high

perceived value can also depend on the

problem that the product solves and that

is because people are literally willing

to pay thousands to solve back pain

people go to chiropractors they go for

acupuncture they spend money on

expensive medication so in the grand

scheme of things spending $40 on a

product that can help you solve your

back pain doesn't seem like that much

compared to like I say other remedies

such as chiropractors such as

physiotherapy acupuncture painkillers

and things like that $40 in the grand

scheme of things seems very cheap so

that's why this product has a high

perceived value because a lot of the

other methods used to solve back pain

are so expensive so you can easily

attach a high perceived value to your

product if it solves a very prevalent

problem so that's the first key product

criteria to keep in mind your product

must have a high perceived value and

that basically comes down to how the

product looks does it look luxury does

it look expensive does it look like it's

worth the price that you're trying to

sell it for and secondly the problem

that it solves now the second product

criteria is the product must have a wow

factor or solve a problem or ideally

both so I'm going to show you an example

of two products one that has a while

factor and one that s soles a problem so

firstly we'll have a look at product

that solves a problem so if we just come

over to this ad here I will just play

this for you and this product B

basically helps you to reduce hair loss

to increase hair growth so this is a

very big problem people that are losing

hair people that want to increase the

thickness of their hair want to have

better quality hair and things like that

so you can see the ad has performed

fairly well 1.6k likes 300 comments 100

shares if we have a look people are

commenting great value for the price

looks good and they're recommending this

product to their friends I'm interested

I want this so if we actually go over to

the product page they're selling this

product for

$35 and this is the perfect example of a

problemsolving product people losing

hair people having poor quality hair

people trying to increase hair growth

and reduce hair loss that's a very

prevalent problem and this product

solves that problem directly so that is

a perfect example of a problem solving

product product and again this just

means that the product has high

perceived value again because it solves

such a prevalent problem now I'll show

you another example of a product that

has a wow factor and you'll find a lot

of these products on Tik Tok so a lot of

the products on Tik Tok are wow factor

products but they can also work on

Facebook as well so if we have a look at

this particular ad 10K likes 19k

comments 23k shares so the comments and

shares are not that high but the likes

are very good very good engagement and

as you can see it's a very simple ad but

this product has that wow factor this is

a very simple product it's just a lamp

but as you can see it has that wow

factor about it when a customer sees

what the product actually does it has

that wow factor so if we actually go

over to the store you can see there

selling this for $40 and this is an

example of a w Factor product and if you

do notice a trend you will see that all

of these stores are Niche stores as well

so as you can see this is a store

selling all different types of lamps and

gifts and if we go over to the store I

showed you before with this back pain

product as you can see they're selling

all different products related to

solving pain problems so these are all

Niche stores so as I mentioned products

need to either have a w factor or solve

a problem ideally they'll have both the

next key product criteria is that the

product must have a minimum $20 profit

margin but ideally it would have a

higher profit margin than that so when

you are researching products and looking

for supply buyers make sure that the

product has a minimum $20 profit margin

and the reason that a product needs to

have a minimum $20 profit margin is

because ad platforms like meta like Tik

Tok like Pinterest they are getting

slightly more expensive so you'll need

at least $20 to be able to acquire a

customer and still make a profit with

your products so again if we go back to

the fishing spooler we can have a look

that they are selling this product for

$39 and you can get it here for $19 so

that's that exact $20 profit margin you

can always boost your profit margins

using shipping so you could sell this

product with $299 shipping and that way

you can make a $23 profit margin so

don't be scared to charge your customers

a small amount of shipping $199 or $2.99

to boost up your profit margins

customers generally tend to be okay with

paying a small amount of shipping from

my experience it doesn't tend to affect

the conversion rate at all when you

charge customers a small amount for

shipping like I say $1.99 $2.99

sometimes even $3.99 depending on the

product again if we have a look at this

back paying product they are selling

this for $40 and here you can find it

for just over

$75 so you definitely have a $20 profit

margin for this particular product

however if we have a look at this

product here the competitor is selling

it for

$35 but I could only find it for $40 $1

on AliExpress on CJ Drop Shipping I

found a very similar product so you can

see it here it is a very similar product

but it is $32 here so you're never going

to be able to get a big enough profit

margin to be able to sell this product

and make a profit now you don't actually

have to look for suppliers on AliExpress

on CJ Drop Shipping I generally tend to

just look on AliExpress to give me an

idea of if I can Source the product it

doesn't mean you have to use Alex

Express as your supplier I just use

AliExpress so I can quickly go and have

a look for the products and get a rough

idea of how much this product is going

to cost to Source but I'll be giving you

a complete list of suppliers that you

can use to Source Products so don't

worry you don't have to use AliExpress I

like to just use AliExpress so I can get

a quick rough idea of how much the

product is going to cost me and if I can

find it with a $20 profit margin you can

of course go and make sourcing requests

on other supplier platforms to see if

you can Source the product for cheaper

so I'll be giving you a list of

suppliers and showing you how you can

Source Products so you can use other

suppliers for your stores but like I say

if you want to just quickly see if you

can make that $20 profit margin I

generally tend to look on AliExpress or

CJ Drop Shipping now like I say I wasn't

able to find a supplier for this product

that would allow me to sell it as cheap

as this store is selling it here they've

probably purchased it in bulk from

somewhere like Alibaba and that's how

they're able to sell the product for

such a cheap price but as I mentioned as

part of the key product criteria you

will always want to make sure that your

product has a minimum $20 profit margin

if not more next up the product must

have good images and videos so when it

comes to images it's pretty easy to find

product images you can simply just type

in the product name into AliExpress and

have a look at all of the different

suppliers and you'll be able to find

some good images and you can go and edit

those images I'll be showing you how to

do that in the step-by-step lessons so

that they match The Branding of the rest

of your store so images are fairly easy

to Source Now videos are slightly more

difficult when it comes to sourcing

videos you can use a few different

methods so firstly you can have a look

on YouTube so I've just typed in

AliExpress fishing spooler and I have

found this video here so if we just go

and play this video you can see it's a

very similar product of somebody using

and reviewing the product you can also

just go over to Tik Tok and you can type

in the name of the product in Tik Tok as

well and you should be able to find some

videos related to the products that you

want to sell so again if we go and have

a look at the red light therapy hat I

just typed in red light therapy hat and

as you can see there's a really good

video here of somebody reviewing a very

similar product and I've just done the

same with Tik Tok I've just typed in red

light therapy cap and as you can see

there are some really good videos on Tik

Tok as as well that can be used for ad

creatives so you want to make sure that

there are enough videos so that you can

chop those up and use them for ad

creatives and I'll be showing you how

you can go and create ad creatives

yourself as well by ordering in the

product so you can go and check out that

lesson in the ads module to see how I

make ad creatives to give you an idea of

the type of footage that you're looking

for but essentially you are just looking

for some footage of the product that you

can use for ad creatives and you want

enough footage to use for ad creative so

you can see for this particular product

there's loads of different footage that

can be used as you can see there's this

video ad here there's this video ad here

there's quite a few different video ads

on Tik Tok that can be cut together in

order to create video ad creatives and

there's also quite a few on YouTube as

well that can be used so that's how you

can go and have a look if there are

enough videos that you can use for video

ad creatives you can also use the meta

ads Library so just come over to the

meta ads Library type in your product

name and again you can go and have a

look at any video ads that have been run

for that particular product so as you

can see there is a video ad here that I

could potentially cut up and use for the

product and if we scroll down there are

a couple of other video ads that can be

used for that particular product and

same with the red light therapy hat I've

just typed in red light therapy hat and

as you can see there are loads of ad

creatives that can be used and cut up to

create more ad creatives for your own

store and like I say you can always just

go and order the product yourself and

create ad creatives if you want to so

that's another option and I Do cover

that in the ad creative lessons so you

can go and check that out to give you an

idea of how I create ad creatives if I

can't find enough footage now last but

not least you can always contact ad

creative platforms like viral Ecom ads

so if we just scroll down to the footer

you can always just go and contact them

you can send them the link for the

product that you're looking to sell and

you can just ask them if they're able to

create ad creatives for that product

before you purchase the package so that

way you know you can Source some ad

creatives for any particular product

that you're looking to sell and you can

also go and do the same with bands of

ads as well so you can go and contact

these companies that offer these ad

creative services and see if they can

actually Source ad creatives for you

before you purchase the packages of

course if they tell you that they

couldn't find any footage for that

particular product then you know that

that product doesn't meet the key

product criteria because there isn't

enough video footage for you to be able

to create ad creatives in order to run

ads to that particular product now the

final key product criteria that I want

to cover is of course that the product

must have a reliable supplier so again

if we have a look at this particular

product as you can see you can get it

here and this supplier is very reliable

over 1,000 sold 4.8 star reviews but

this supplier here sells it for cheaper

but as you can see they're not very

reliable they've only sold 20 of the

product the reviews are only four stars

so ideally you want to look for

suppliers that have a 4.7 4.8 4.9 star

reviews and have at least 100 sold of

the product at a bare minimum so those

are the types of suppliers that you're

looking for if you find a supplier like

this with not many sold of the product

very poor star reviews I wouldn't

recommend to go and use that supplier

and for some products these are the only

types of suppliers that you can find so

that is why I have put must have a

reliable supplier as part of the key

product criteria because sometimes you

will search for a product you won't be

able to find a reliable supplier but you

can still find a supplier for the

product but if the supplier looks a

little bit sketchy then I would

recommend to not test that product now

as I mentioned I will be giving you a

list of suppliers where you can and post

sourcing requests for products so

generally you should be able to find a

reliable supplier for any given product

and finally the product can't be too

prevalent on Amazon so if we go and have

a look at the fishing spoolers there are

a few different fishing spoolers on

Amazon but none of them are super cheap

they're all reasonably priced in the 20

to $30 price range so it's not too

prevalent on Amazon and the great thing

about Niche stores is that people that

are passionate about this Niche they

they'll purchase from your Niche store

because they're actually passionate

about the niche so they're more likely

to make an Impulse buy from a store that

is related to a niche that they're

passionate about then just purchase a

product from Amazon and again if we have

a look at the red light therapy cap you

can see that the ones on here are all

very expensive so if I was able to

Source this particular product for

slightly cheaper if I was having a look

on other supplier platforms and

requesting quotes and I was able to

Source the product so I was able to sell

it for around $40 with a $20 profit

margin then that makes your store

significantly cheaper than Amazon but

also if your store is branded because

it's a niche store it's going to look

like your store is the authority in that

Niche and a customer is more likely to

purchase from your store rather than

Amazon so like I say with this

particular product the red light therapy

cap the product isn't really prevalent

on Amazon because all of the different

products are very expensive and they

will look very different from the

original product here so as you can see

if we actually just go and click over to

one of the other product images this is

very different from all of the other red

light therapy caps on Amazon so I would

say this product is not very prevalent

on Amazon so that's a really good sign

the only key product criteria that the

red light therapy cap doesn't meet is

the minimum $20 profit margin but it

does meet all of the other key product

criteria so when we move on to the next

lesson and I show you how to actually

start researching products just keep

this key product criteria in mind

because your product will need to meet

all of these key product criteria in

order to be validated and ready to test

and the last thing to mention that I did

already mention is that products with

real benefits are easier to sell so try

to look for products that do actually

have real benefits and your products

don't have to be super cheap as I've

shown you here with this product it's

almost $20 but you can still make a $20

profit margin so you don't need to sell

products that are3 4 $5 you can sell

products that are slightly more

expensive as long as you're able to mark

them up and they meet all of the key

product criteria so now we've had a look

at the key product criteria in the next

lesson I want to show you how to

actually start researching products so

now that we have covered niches and the

key product criteria I can show you the

best methods that you can use to

actually find winning products so the

first method that you can use is to

search The Meta ads Library so just head

over to Google and type in The Meta ads

library and basically this will show you

all of the current ads that are being

run by different businesses and Shopify

stores so what you can do is you can

come over to search ads and you can go

and choose a country I recommend to

start by searching the United States

because this is where you're going to

see the most dropshipping products so

you can just come over here and you can

just go and type in the United States

and just choose the United United States

for ad category you can just go and

choose all ads and then you can search

for keywords related to your Niche and

you can also search for keywords related

to drop shippers so you can search for

things like 50% off buy one get one free

and things like that or you can just

search for a keyword related to the

niche of products that you're looking to

sell so let's just say for example you

wanted to get into the dog Niche you can

just come in here just go and type in

dog like this and then just go and

choose search this exact phrase and then

you are going to see all of the ads that

are being run on Facebook and Instagram

that are related to the dog Niche now

you can go and narrow these ads down

further to actually find winning

products so you can come over to filters

and firstly you are going to go to

active ads and this basically just means

that the ads are currently running and

you want to see ads that are currently

running because this means that the

advertisers are spending money on those

ads and they wouldn't be spending money

on those ads if they weren't making

sales and they weren't profitable so

that's the first thing you go you're

going to do secondly you are going to go

to the impression date and I recommend

to set it back two or 3 weeks at a

minimum so you're going to come in here

and let's just say if we go back 3 weeks

we can come back to this date for

example and then we can hit apply so

that basically just means that the ads

have been running for at least 3 weeks

and they're still currently active and

again that means that the advertis ERS

are then spending money on those ads

they have been spending money on those

ads for over 3 weeks which means that

they're more than likely bringing in

sales if the ads are still running after

3 weeks if you are seeing ads that have

only been run for one day you can't

really tell whether Those ads have been

performing well or not but if they've

been running for a good 3 weeks and

they're still currently active then it

is fair to assume that they are probably

bringing in some consistent sales so

then you can just start scrolling

through all of the ads that are

currently active on The Meta ads Library

so I have been doing this in another Tab

and I have come across this ad here so I

will just go and play this for

you so as you can see this is a

dropshipping product so you can start

scrolling through these and just start

playing some of the ads and this will

help you generate ideas for winning

products so once you see a product that

catches your eye like this you are then

just going to validate it against the

key product criteria so if you just go

and click on the call to action button

in this instance it says order now you

will come over to the website and as you

can see this is a Shopify Drop Shipping

Store it is a niche store so they're

using the exact same strategy of

building a niche store a store around

one particular niche of products so you

can see that they're selling all

different types of pet products on this

Shopify Drop Shipping Store and now we

can start validating this product

against the key product criteria so

firstly does it have a high perceived

value well it is a fairly large product

as you can see and it is a kind of wow

factor product so it is this fluffy toy

for dogs and it does make noises so as

you can see it says sound proven to keep

dogs interested forever so it does kind

of have a wow factor which means it does

have a high pered value and like I say

it is a fairly large product so that

also adds to the proed value of the

product secondly it does also solve a

problem so you can see here it fights

boredom if you have lonely dogs and

you're leaving your dogs at home alone

on their own it will help to keep them

occupied so that's the problem that it

solves and it also does have a while

Factor like I mentioned if we scroll

down we can go and see some of the other

benefits but the main key marketing

angle for this product is that it helps

to keep your dog occupied and helps to

manage your dog's stress and boredom and

things like that so it does match the

first key product criteria of having a

high perceived value and solving a

problem and also kind of a while Factor

product so next up you're going to

validate if you can get a $20 profit

margin on this product so here it is on

AliExpress for £634 that's around $9

they are selling it for £49 that's

around $63 so this has at least a $50

profit margin you could probably sell it

for slightly less than that so if you're

getting it for $9 say you could go and

sell it for $40 and still make a $31

profit margin

so once you have validated that you've

got the $20 profit margin last but not

least you can have a look if the product

is too prevalent on Amazon so I have

just gone over to amazon.com I've typed

in caling toy for dogs and as you can

see the product isn't even on Amazon so

that's really great that means you don't

even need to compete with Amazon and as

you can see there are some similar

products on here this one's around $40

this one's around $70 so a similar price

point so people are actually willing to

pay this price point for the product

even on Amazon so that is the first

method that you can use to start

researching products just head over to

the meta ads Library type in some

related keywords to your Niche or other

related keywords that drop shippers tend

to use like 50% off buy one get one free

and things like that and simply just

start scrolling through the ads it's not

going to be an easy or quick process so

you might be scrolling through these ads

for 1 hour 2 hours coming up with ideas

and then validating those products

against the key product criter IIA so

don't think this is going to be a super

quick and easy process but this is one

of the best methods that you can use to

start coming up with winning product

ideas the second method that you are

going to do use is just going to head

over to Tik Tok and all you're going to

do is type in Tik Tok made me buy it and

then you will start seeing loads of

videos of people purchasing these cool

types of products and creating videos

for these different types of products so

all you're then going to do is you're

just going to click on each of these

videos

and you are just going to like those

videos so just like as many of these

videos as you can go and save them go

and share them and then once you

actually do that when you come over to

your for you page as you scroll through

your for you page you will see loads of

these different types of videos

advertising dropshipping products then

you can start having a look at some of

these products to come up with winning

product ideas so as we can see here this

is definitely a winning product it's got

really good engagement so Tik Tok Works

slightly different if you can see that

the engagement is really good a really

good amount of likes comments shares

saves and all of those types of things

then you can assume that the product has

good demand and it has potential to be a

winning product so then you can come

over to the account for these videos so

as you can see here this account has

loads of videos for this particular

product and they we're getting pretty

decent amount of views and engagement

and then most of the time you will see

the shop Link in the actual bio so you

then can click onto the shop and you can

go and have a look at the store so as

you can see they are selling this

portable air conditioner fan and once

again we can now go and validate this

product against the key product criteria

so firstly does it have a high perceived

value definitely it does because it

looks quite luxury it looks quite

expensive so it looks like it's worth

the price that it is being sold for

secondly does it solve a problem or have

a wow factor well for this particular

product it is actually both it solve a

solves a problem in the fact that it

helps to keep you cool in summer and it

also has a wow factor just by the way

actually blows the smoke out and if we

actually have a look at the videos that

they are creating they creating some

really cool videos that capture people's

attention you can see that they're

putting colog in it to make it smell

nice and things like that so they're

adding a while factor to this particular

product next up you'll want to have a

look if you can get that $20 profit

margin so you can see they're selling

for £32 we can get the product here for

£317 it's going to cost probably a

little bit more with shipping so you can

definitely get that $20 profit margin

with this product as you can see they've

got about a 29 profit margin which is

probably around $32 $33 at this point so

the last thing to do is just to have a

look if the product is too prevalent on

Amazon so if we just go over to

amazon.com I have just typed in icean

you can see that there is a similar

product here for a similar price point

around $30 but there isn't that many of

the same product on Amazon so it won't

really be a big problem to compete with

Amazon for this particular product and

that's basically all you need to do you

can use both of those methods to go and

come up with winning product ideas of

course with Tik Tok you can also go and

type in related keywords to your niche

as well so you can go for Tik Tok made

me buy it and type in a related keyword

to your Niche but you can of course just

go and start looking at different

products and adding them to different

Niche categories so if you're finding

dog products you can go and add them to

an Excel sheet if you're finding

homeware products like this you can go

and add them to a hare spreadsheet until

you have at least five products that you

could potentially test for your store so

like I say just repeat this process

using the meta ads library and also

using Tik Tok validate the products

against the key product criteria make

sure that there isn't too much

competition on Amazon and other stores

and then once you've come up with about

five product ideas then you pretty much

are ready to start building your store

and testing those products and then you

can continue to research products whilst

you have actually started testing some

products now there is one last method

that I do want to show you when it comes

to researching products and this is a

paid method and this method involves

using a tool called autods because

autods has quite a few different product

research tools that you can use to

generate product ideas and since later

on in the tutorial we will be using

autods to import products to our Shopify

store and also to automate the

Fulfillment process you may as well use

their tools as well for the product

research process so I will leave a link

in the description to autod DS and you

can try out for 30 days for just $1 and

it is super affordable after that it

starts from just $20 per month and like

I say for this you can also import

products which I'll show you how to do

later on in the tutorial and you'll also

be able to automate the Fulfillment

process using autods but for now like I

say if you use the link in the

description you can sign up for just $1

and get 30 days to use the tools in

order to conduct product research so

once you sign in to autod DS you will

see that there are a few different

product research tools down the left

hand side here firstly we have

handpicked products we have the ad spy

tool and we have trending products so

I'm going to go through all of these and

show you how you can use them so for

handpick products you can essentially

choose the country that you want to sell

to so if you're selling to the United

States United Kingdom whichever country

you can choose your currency you can

also go and find products from

particular ad platforms like Facebook or

Tik Tok you can go for your profit range

so if you want 20 to $30 profit $3 to

$50 profit I personally prefer to leave

most of these filters open so I can find

a wider selection of products you can

also filter by creation date of the ads

item cost range and things like that you

can then go and narrow the these

products down by category so if you've

already chosen your Niche you can then

go and narrow these products down so

let's say for example you chose the pet

Niche you can just click on pets and

then you can simply start scrolling

through these products and validate them

against the key product criteria so

you're looking if the product has a high

perceived value if it has at least a $20

profit margin if it is a problem solver

or has a wow factor and checking if the

product is too prevalent on Amazon so

you're simply going to to scroll through

these of course not all of the products

are going to meet this key product

criteria so if we have a look at this

product here for example this doesn't

really have a high perceived value

because it's just a small cheap piece of

plastic so you're not really going to be

able to sell this for you know $3 or $40

it doesn't really solve a problem I

don't see a lot of people really using

this type of product but like I say you

can use this tool to scroll through and

generate more ideas so for example if we

have a look at this pet product here I

believe this meets all of the key

product criteria this is a pet tracking

device so you can put this on your cat

or your dog and make sure that your pet

doesn't get lost or stolen so when you

actually click on one of the products

from hand pit products the ad spy or

trending products autods will give you a

breakdown of all of the information so

you can see the potential profit of of

this particular product so if you just

scroll down you will see the competitor

stores and you can see how much the

competitor stores are selling the

product for so you can see they're

selling it for $25 as I mentioned I

believe this product has a fairly decent

perceived value so I think you could

easily sell it between $25 to $30 so it

has a high perceived value it also has

good profit margins because you can get

it for around $230 and you can see $2

for shipping so it cost you around $5

and you can it sell it for around $25 to

$30 so you've got that 20 to $25 profit

margin you can also see some scores here

from autods so you'll see the engagement

score on the actual ads for this product

so you can see it's got mild engagement

and the saturation score as well so the

saturation score isn't too bad so like I

said I think this product meets all of

the key product criteria it solves a big

problem in that people won't lose track

of their dogs of their cats and things

like that it has a fairly decent

perceived value it has a decent profit

margin and if we head over to Amazon and

we just type in pet GPS tracker you can

see that most of the pet GPS trackers on

here are a lot more expensive or a

similar sort of price so you don't

really need to compete with Amazon even

though there are a lot on Amazon you can

sell it for slightly cheaper than Amazon

and if you brand your store in the right

way you don't really need to compete

with Amazon for this particular product

so as I mentioned you can have a look on

autods to find these types of products

so if we go over to the ad spy tool you

can do the same so you can filter by

Facebook Instagram or Tik Tok you can

filter by engagement so if we come to

likes we can find ads with 1,000 to

10,000 likes linked products called to

action buttons so you've got multiple

different filters that you can filter

through and again you can start

searching through these products and

just validating them against the key

product criteria like I just showed you

so you can find some cool products in

this ad spy tool as well and then

finally we have trending products as

well so autods uses data to actually

find products that are up and coming and

doing well again you can filter these by

likes interaction rate Impressions all

of these types of things and then you

can filter them out by category so that

they match your Niche and then once

again like I say all you're doing is

validating them against that key product

criteria so as I say not every product

will meet that key product criteria some

of them will some of them won't you're

really looking for those gems that meet

all of those key product criteria and

you don't have to sell these exact

products these are just helping you to

generate product ideas and see what

types of products are working it doesn't

mean you have to sell those exact

products so for example these shoes here

you could find a similar pair of sport

shoes to sell on your store create your

own marketing angle around them so that

where you've generated a product idea

but you don't have to sell the exact

same product that you've seen on a

product research tool so like I said I

think it's cool just to go and have a

look at this if you're struggling to

generate product ideas since we will be

using autods later on in the tutorial to

import products and automate the

Fulfillment process you can also use it

to go and research products as well I

hope you're enjoying the tutorial so far

now before we move on I do just want to

mention my private Drop Shipping

Community drop ship Discovery if you

join my private Community you can work

with me personally and I will help you

to scale your drop shipping stores

you'll get access to me via a private

one1 chat where you can ask me any

question you have regarding building and

scaling your stores I run weekly Q&A

live calls so you've got support every

step of the way and you also get access

to the slack group with all of my

private community members allowing you

to be part of a group of individuals all

working towards a similar goal of

growing their dropshipping business just

like I done with my student Pedro who

has managed to scale his stores two

consistent and profitable $500 days my

name is Pedro Sierra I've been in

e-commerce for about a year now and like

most people starting out I didn't want

to pay for courses or mentorship because

I thought I could teach myself

everything on YouTube I was able to get

some sales but I wasn't profitable and I

couldn't scale anything to the point I'm

doing right now using Elliot

strategies and this is about a month

since joining Elliott's drop ship

Discovery group almost 18,000 in sales

about 5 or 6,000 profit on this and

expect more going into the fourth

quarter L just doesn't give you advice

and leave he works with you directly to

optimize your store your landing page

connect you with private suppliers to

lower your cost of goods and shipping

you get weekly meetings modules that are

perfect for beginners real Hands-On

support and it's not just another

payment it's an investment so anyone

who's serious about this should join his

group because this is possible for

anyone so if you're interested in

working with me oneon-one to scale your

drop shipping stores check out the link

in the description to my private

Community drop ship Discovery and now

let's move on to the next part of the

tutorial before you start building your

store you will have to come up with a

name for your store so in order to do

this you can use a website called

nam.com it's super easy to use and it

will generate some names for you so you

can just enter in some keywords related

to the niche of your store so for

example if you are selling sports

equipment you can just say Shopify store

selling sports equipment and then click

on generate you can then select a name

style I'm just going to go for auto and

click next you can select the randomness

or just go for low and click on next and

then you can enter in another

description if you want to I recommend

to turn on check domains so this way

namel will show you which domains are

available and then you can click on

generate you can then simply scroll

through the names and any names with a

green tick next to them will be names

where the domain name is available so as

you can see there are some pretty cool

ones here already sport xmart super

equip so simply just scroll through

until you find a name for your Niche

store that you like and then you can go

and purchase that domain name later on

down the line when I show you how to

purchase a domain name so in the next

lesson we will go and sign up for shop

once you have chosen a name for your

store the next step is to sign up for

Shopify so if you use the link in the

lesson notes you will be brought over to

this page and Shopify are currently

running a promotion where you get a free

3-day trial and then you can sign up for

just1 $1 or1 for your first month so all

you need to do here is enter in your

email address and then click on start

free trial you will then be asked a few

questions by Shopify so we can choose

I'm just starting and click on next you

can choose online store and click on

next you can choose Drop Shipping

products and click on next and then you

can choose the country where your

business will be located so just choose

the country that you live in and click

on next it will then say building your

store so just give this a few moments

and then you will be brought over to

your Shopify dashboard so let me give

you a brief overview of your Shopify

dashboard firstly you will have home

this is where you'll see tasks and

updates for for your Shopify store next

up you have orders so of course this is

where you will see all of the orders

once somebody purchases from your store

you have products so every time you

import a product from your supplier it

will be listed under your product

section you have customers so every time

a customer purchases from your store all

of their information such as their email

address and address will be stored under

this tab you have content so every time

you upload an image or a video to your

store it will be stored in the content

section you have analytics so this is

where you can see things like your daily

revenue your daily sales your average

order value and things like this so we

will dive into the analytics of course

later on you have marketing so this is

where you can set up things like

abandoned cart emails you have discounts

so this is pretty self-explanatory this

is where you can set up discounts you

have online store so if we click on

online store you will see further tabs

underneath the online store tab so you

have themes so a theme is is basically a

pre-made layout that you can upload to

your Shopify store to help you build

your Shopify store you have blog posts

so you can create a blog post and this

will be stored under the blog posts tab

you have pages so every time you create

a page like a contact us page or an

order tracking page this will be under

the pages tab you have navigation so you

can create footer menus and header menus

within the navigation section and you

have preferences so this is where you

can do things like remove the password

from your store you will also see point

of sale and Shop we don't actually need

these so don't worry about these for now

and then you will see apps so an app

basically allows you to add extra

functionality to your store for example

adding an order tracking functionality

so we will be using apps quite a lot

throughout this tutorial and finally you

have the settings so this is where you

can do things like setting up your taxes

and your shipping and of course we will

be going through all of that throughout

the lessons in this course so now that I

have given you an overview of the

Shopify dashboard the next thing that we

will do is choose a Shopify plan in

order to choose a Shopify plan you can

go to where it says your trial just

started and you can click on select a

plan you can start off with the basic

plan like I say at the moment it will

be1 $1 or €1 for your first month so you

can click on select basic from here you

can choose your payment method so you

can choose debit or credit card or

PayPal and then you can simply click on

subscribe once you have chosen your plan

you will be brought back to your Shopify

dashboard and in the next lesson we will

install a theme so the theme that we

will be using in order to build your

Drop Shipping Store is called the shrine

theme so I will leave a link in the

lesson notes to the shrine theme and as

I mentioned before I wouldn't promote

any products or software tools that I

didn't think you needed but this theme

is really amazing

and all of the stores that are

performing really well in 2024 and

Beyond are using this theme because it

has some amazing features and it is

relatively affordable you can get

started with the light version of the

shrine theme for just

$49 and like I say this theme is going

to help increase your conversion rate

help you get more sales so it will

basically pay for itself in the long

term now I'm going to go for the

$149 version of the theme but like I say

you can get started with the light

version if you are on a budget now if we

just go over to the features you can see

that it has some really great features

urgency text quantity brakes sticky add

to cart I recommend for you to go over

to the demos so you can go and check the

demo stores out for yourself so if we

come over to the demos you can see the

shrine light demo the shrine theme demo

and the shrine Pro demo I'm going to go

for the shrine theme but you can have a

look at the shrine light if you are on a

budget like I say so if we just come

over to the shrine light this is what

the product page looks like you can see

it looks really good and this is just

the $49 version of the theme and as I

mentioned this is going to really help

increase your conversion rate creating

amazing product pages like this and if

we actually have a look at the product

page on the mobile version of the theme

you can see that it looks really good on

the mobile version of the theme as well

but as I mentioned I will be using the

$149 version of the theme so this is the

demo store of that theme as you can see

you get bundle deals which will help to

increase your average order value and

help you bring in more revenue and more

profits on your store you can see that

it has shipping estimators the sticky

add to cart it also has this moving bar

here which just makes your stores look a

little bit more interactive it does have

these percent bars it also has the

comparison tables so there are lots of

features that this theme has that will

make your store stand out from other

drop shipping stores and just make it

look really professional and really

well-branded as you can see with the

demo store here so what we are going to

do is we are just going to come over to

the shrine theme and we are going to

click on add to cart you can add any

discount codes that are available at the

time I'm just going to turn off the

lifetime support We'll add in that

discount code again and click on ADD and

then you will be brought over to the

checkout for the shrine theme you can

enter in your payment details and click

on complete purchase once you have

completed your purchase you will be sent

an email from the shrine theme prompting

you to create an account with the shrine

theme so you can click on the link in

that email and you will be brought over

to this page and you are going to click

on don't have an account click here you

can then create an account by entering

in your email and choosing a password

and then click on sign up in the same

email from the shrine theme you will

also receive your license key so you can

simply paste in your license key key in

here and click on ADD you will then be

prompted to whitelist your Shopify URLs

so you can head back to your Shopify

store you are going to go to settings

the first thing that you can do is

change your store name so click on this

pencil icon and where it says my store

you can just enter in the name of your

store and click on Save once you have

saved that you are going to come over to

domains and you can click on change to a

new Shopify domain from here you can

just enter in your store's name if it

isn't available you can just enter in

your store's name followed by store and

click on ADD domain you can then

purchase the domain name for your store

as well so we are going to click on buy

new domain you can simply enter in the

name of your domain and you can click on

buy domain and then simply complete the

purchase of that domain and that domain

will then be connected to your Shopify

store now I already have a domain so I'm

just just going to click on connect

existing domain so if you have purchased

your domain from another register you

can simply enter in the domain name and

click on next it will then recognize the

domain register that you have purchased

from so as you can see I have purchased

this domain from ionus so I can click on

connect automatically and then you can

log to your domain registers account and

click on connect and then you can click

on close so now we have our domain names

that we want to white list with the

shrine theme so we are going to click on

this first domain name and I am just

going to copy the domain name head back

to the shrine theme and paste this in

here and then we have our optional

secondary URL so don't worry too much

about this and then we have the

myshopify.com URL so we can just come

back to Shopify and we are going to copy

the original myshopify.com URL that our

store was created with so it will

probably be a combination of random

numbers and letters so you can click on

this and we are just going to copy this

and we are going to paste this in here

now the last thing we need to do is add

https to this so we can just come into

our URL we are going to copy

https SL and the same with this one here

and then you can click on submit once

you click on submit you will see a token

has been generated so we can copy this

token to the clipboard and then we can

can download the shrine theme so click

on download Once the download has

finished we can head back to Shopify we

can close this now and now we are going

to go to online store and under themes

you are going to see add theme so click

on this and click on upload zip file

click on ADD file and then navigate to

The Shrine theme that you just

downloaded and click on open and then

click on upload file it will then say

installing theme so just give this a few

moments and once the theme has finished

installing just click on publish and

then click on publish again from here

you can click on customize from here you

are going to click on theme settings

click on authentication and then you are

going to paste in that authentication

token that you just copied so just paste

this in and then simply click on Save

once you have pasted in that token and

clicked on save your Shrine theme is now

ready to start using on on your Shopify

store so now we can go back to our

Shopify dashboard so now you have your

theme installed in the next lesson we'll

look at picking colors fonts and

creating a logo for your store in this

lesson we'll look at choosing colors

fonts and creating a logo for your store

now in terms of choosing the colors it's

fairly simple you want to use a black a

white and a gray and then you can use

one or two other accent colors I

recommend recommend just to go for one

accent color to keep things simple but

you can choose two if you want to just

make sure that the accent colors do

complement each other so don't use

anything too outlandish so I like to use

this website here called coolers.com

I'm going to be using these two blue

colors what you can do with cooler. Co

is you can simply lock these colors in

and then you can hit the space bar to go

and generate new accent colors for your

store but I recommend to just go and

have a look at your competitor stores

and see what accent colors they using

and you can do the same so for example

if we have a look at this store here you

can see that they're using this blue

accent color so again they have a

combination of black white and gray and

they have this blue accent color and

they're also us using this secondary

orange accent color so those are their

two accent colors if we go and have a

look at the actual Shrine theme demo

store you can see that they're also

using a combination of black white and

gray and their other accent color is

simply this red color so as you can see

black white and gray and then they have

this red accent color for the rest of

the site so this is what most successful

drop shipping stores will be doing in

terms of the color schemes don't use

anything outlandish and make sure to use

an accent color that is related to your

Niche so for example if you're in the

golf Niche you could use green if you're

in the health Niche you could use blue

so just go and use an accent color that

complement the rest of your store and

complement the niche that you're in if

you're in a more feminine Niche you

could use perhaps pinks and purples or

maybe yellows so go and have a look at

your competitor stores to come up with a

color scheme for your store in terms of

choosing a font for your store again you

can just keep it simple I recommend to

just use one font for the entirety of

your store and you can just go and

change the weight of that font so you

can make it bold for the headlines and

you can unbold it for the paragraphs

again if you have a look at this store

here that's exactly what they're doing

they've only got one font throughout the

entirety of their store and again if we

go and have a look at the demo store if

I click on shop now this store also just

uses one font and they are simply just

going and Bolding the headlines so if

you want to go and come up with some

font ideas a few fonts that pretty much

look good on all stores are

monzerat popins and the quicks sand font

so feel free to use any of these fonts

but you can of course choose your own

font if you want to just make sure that

you keep it simple and it is super easy

to read Because customers are going to

be reading your product descriptions so

you want to make sure that your store

looks professional and easy to read now

in terms of creating in a logo you can

go and use canva to create a logo so

canva is essentially an online graphic

editing tool it is completely free so

you can go and create a canva account

and from canva you can simply just type

in logo and hit enter and you will see

loads of different logos that you can

use as a template to create a logo for

your store you can of course narrow this

down by typing in a keyword related to

your Niche so for example if you have a

sports store you can type in sports logo

and click on enter and then you will see

templates of sports logos now if you

come into all filters you can scroll

down on the side here and you can choose

the free templates and then you can

simply hit apply and then you will see

all of the free logo templates that you

can use for your store once you find one

that you like you can simply go and

click on that logo and you can click on

customize this template now you don't

actually want to use this canvas size

for your logo so you are going to go

back to the canva homepage and from here

you are going to click on create a

design and you are going to choose the

size 265 pixels by 90 pixels so just

enter that in here and click on create

new design so I'm just going to click on

this and then you can go back over to

the logo template that you chose and you

can start copying some of the the

graphics from here so we're just going

to click on this we'll hit contrl C to

copy it head back over here and click on

paste and we can just go and bring this

to the side we are going to make this a

little bit smaller and we will just go

and drag it up like this we can head

back over here we can simply go and copy

the text and we can paste the text in

here as well and we are just going to

resize this to make it a little bit

smaller like this and then you can of

course just go and re name this as the

same name of your store so you can just

come in and put the name of your store

in here whatever is sports store we can

simply drag this again like this and we

can go and put it like that you can of

course make it slightly smaller if it

doesn't fit on the canvas so we could

make it like that and we can drag it

like this and we'll just drag this to

the side and we'll do the same with this

we'll just make it slightly smaller

and just drag it like this and then of

course you can go and change the colors

so if we click over here you can go and

choose your accent colors that we chose

earlier the same with the text you can

go and click on the text color and you

can go and change the text color you can

of course change the font as well if you

want to and I recommend to just leave it

with a white background because our head

up for our store is going to be white so

once you have created your logo you can

click on share and then you can click on

download and then you can simply

download this as a PNG then you will

head back to your Shopify dashboard and

from themes under online store you are

going to click on customize and firstly

we will upload our logo so we will click

on the header and you will see it says

edit your logo so click on theme

settings and where it says logo click on

select image click on upload image and

then you can simply upload that logo

that you just downloaded from canva and

click on open and then you can click on

done and then you will see that your

logo has been uploaded you can edit your

logo size so where it says logo width

you can go and edit this and make it

bigger or smaller if you want to and you

can also do the same on the mobile

version of your store so if you click

onto the mobile version of your store

with this button you can also go and

edit the mobile logo width I'm just

going to go and put this back down to

200 I think it looks good like that so

we'll just go and put this back into the

desktop view once you have uploaded your

logo the next thing we are going to do

is go and change the colors of our store

so we are going to close this logo

section and now we will see colors so we

are going to click on colors and we are

going to see that we have these

different colors here so you can go and

change your first accent color so I am

going to change this first accent color

to the accent color that I want to use

on my store I think that looks pretty

good and then I'm going to just go and

change the second accent color as well

so I am just going to click on accent

two and I'm just going to go and choose

the second color that I am going to use

as an accent color on my store so as you

can see that's looking really good so

now we have chosen the colors we will

come back into theme settings we can

close colors we are going to come into

typography and now we are going to

change the typography so I'm going to

leave this as popins bold but I am going

to go and change the body font to popins

as well so we're going to come in here

and I am just going to go and type in

popins we will just go and select this

and I'm just going to go and leave this

as popins regular so now we can click on

select so now if we scroll up you can

see that we have our fonts our colors

and our logos so we can simply click on

Save now that we have saved that we can

head back to our Shopify dashboard and

in the next lesson we will import our

first product to our store so in order

to import a product to your Shopify Drop

Shipping Store we will be using a tool

called autods and the reason we're going

to use autods is because it allows you

to automate the entire process of

importing a product to your store

editing the product titles and

descriptions and also automatically

fulfilling all of your orders so autods

will connect to your supplier and it

will sync all of your customers data

automatically and then if you top up

your autod DSP balance and credits you

can easily go and automate all of the

Fulfillment process so you don't need to

go and fulfill all of your orders

manually one by one and waste loads of

time you can completely automate that

process so you can focus on more

important things like marketing your

Shopify Drop Shipping Store autods also

connects to loads of different suppliers

so no matter which supplier that you're

using you can connect your product to

your Shopify store so as you can see you

can use AliExpress Ali barar CJ Drop

Shipping bangood dhgate and autods also

have their own private suppliers so if

we scroll up here you can see that they

have warehouses so you can also go and

use autod DS's own private suppliers to

go and fulfill your orders and import

products to your store now if we scroll

up you can see that it says 14-day trial

for $1 however if you use the link in

the description you can get a 30-day

trial for $1 using my link in the

description if we have a look at the

price you can see that it's very

affordable just starting at $20 per

month to completely automate the entire

process of importing products and

fulfilling your orders and as you start

to make sales you can upgrade your plan

to get access to some of their other

features like AI editing tools you can

also go and Source Products using their

product agent service you can also go

and add custom branding to your products

and things like that so like I say if

you use the link in the description you

will get a 30-day trial for just $1 so

all you need to do is enter in your

email address enter in your name choose

a password and click on join now now I

already have an autods account so I'm

just going to click on log in once you

are logged into to your autods account

the first thing you are going to do is

connect your Shopify store to your

autods account so on the left hand side

just click on ad store and click on ad

store again choose Shopify store and

click on continue and then choose I have

a Shopify store connect it to autods you

can then just scroll down and click on

continue and then you will be brought

over to your Shopify store so just make

sure you're logged into your Shopify

store and then click on install on the

autods app and then you can just click

on install again once you install the

autods app on your Shopify store you

will be brought back to your autods

dashboard and on the left hand side you

should now see the name of your store

here to verify that it has been

connected to your autod DS account so

now we can import a product to our

Shopify Drop Shipping Store now in order

to import a product we have a few

different options firstly you can use

the autods marketplace so in here you

will see thousands of different products

that you can import to your store in

order to start selling and some of these

have really great shipping times and

they are very reasonably priced so you

can see 10 business days 6 to9 business

days one business day so you can go and

have a look through here to see if the

product that you want to sell when you

were doing product research can be found

within the auto DS Marketplace and then

you can import the product directly from

here however if you can't find the

product that you are looking for you can

also import a product from a third party

supplier like AliExpress so you can

simply head over to AliExpress you can

search for the product that you want to

sell so I've just typed in hydrogen

water bottle you can then go and hit

enter and then you can find the product

that you want to start selling on your

store click on the product we are going

to copy the URL of the product head back

to autods click on add products choose

single product and then you can paste in

that URL where it says supplier Source

you can go and choose your supplier

source so we already have AliExpress

Chosen and then you can click on edit

now once you click on that you will be

brought over to this drafts page so

under products you will see drafts and

these are going to be all of the

products that you can import to your

store so as you can see we have our

first product here and we are going to

edit the this and then we can import the

product to our store so if you click on

this Arrow you will see that we have a

number of different things that we can

edit so we do have the title we have

collections we have tags shipping method

brand monitoring then if we come over to

the description we have the product

description if we come over to variance

you will see the variance of the product

now a variant is just a different

variation of the product so for example

if you have a shoe you could have

different sizes of that shoe and you

could also have different colors so

those are going to be the variants you

can see for this particular product we

only have one variant because it just

comes in light gray and that's it then

we have the product images so we can go

and edit our product images and upload

our own product images and finally we

have the item specifications so let's go

back to product now it's really

important that we edit all of this

information for example the product

title the product images the variant

names and things like that it's really

important that we edit this within

autods because what we edit here is

what's going to show on our Shopify

stores front end when a customer sees

the product so we will be editing all of

the information within autods and then

we can import this product to Shopify so

that it is pushed to our Shopify store

so the first thing we are going to do is

edit our product title so we can have a

look at what our competitor has called

the product so they've just called it

hydrogen water bottle so we can simply

copy this you can head over to chat gbt

and we can prompt chat gbt to come up

with a slightly more interesting name so

make sure that you have a chat GPT

account and you can simply prompt it to

say come up with a core Shopify product

title for and entering your product so

now we're just going to hit enter and

then it will come up with a product

title you don't need to make it branded

necessarily so I'm just going to say

don't make it branded and as you can see

it has come up with another name so I'm

just going to copy this as my product

title hydrogen infused water bottle for

optimal hydration so we can just come

back to autods come down to where it

says title you are going to paste your

product title in and click on Save once

you have saved your product title we

will work on the description in the next

couple of lessons but for the next

lesson I want to show you how you can go

and edit your product images so that

they match The Branding of the rest of

your store and then we can go and upload

those images to our product within

autods in order to get images for your

product you can simply just head over to

AliExpress and type in the product name

and you can just start opening some of

the listings of the product providing

that they're a very similar product so

as you can see this one here this one

here this one here they're all basically

the same product so you can simply start

opening up some of these listings and

you can start to find some good product

images now in order to save a product

image all you need to do is right click

hit inspect and when you inspect the

element you will see the image link here

you can double click the image link you

can open a new tab paste the image Link

in and then you can simply right click

and click on save image and then all you

need to do is save that image so as you

can see I've got a good collection of

images here of the product so I'm just

going to hit cancel next you are going

to head over to C canva and you are

going to click on create a design with a

custom size so choose custom size and

choose 1080 pixels by 1080 pixels and

once you have done that what you are

going to do is you are going to get all

of your product images in a row so you

will start off with a canvas 1080 pixels

by 1080 pixels you can simply click on

ADD page so you will see it like this

then you can come into your image and

you can simply just drag it onto the

canvas and you can simp L resize it so

that it is the same size as the canvas

so like I say make sure that you have

all of your product images in a row like

this only the ones that need editing so

what we are going to do is we are going

to edit all of these images so that they

match The Branding of the rest of our

store so if we look at The Branding on

my current store you can see that I am

using the Poppins font and I am also

using these blue colors so I want my

product images to match this branding so

that everything looks clean professional

and branded so as I mentioned you are

going to get all of your product images

in a row and you can begin editing these

now I have already edited these product

images so I can show you exactly what I

mean so if we just go and have a look at

these product images I'm just going to

scroll to the top and I can show you one

by one what the transformation is going

to look like and how this can really

improve your store in terms of making it

look more branded more professional and

more trustworthy and this is going to

help increase the conversion rate and

set you apart from other drop shipping

stores so if we have a look at the first

image you can see it looks like this I

have rebranded it like this so that it

matches the branding of the rest of my

store if we scroll down we can have a

look at the second image and we will do

the same here so here is the second

image the original and here is the

rebranded version so as you can see they

look very similar but it just means that

everything's going to look super

cohesive on the store and everything is

going to match if we have a look at the

third image again you can see here is

the third image I'll scroll down to the

third image here as you can see they

look very similar but it looks more

clean and more professional so you can

see things like it has Chinese writing

here so I have covered that up there are

also a lot of spelling errors and

grammatical errors on the Ali Express

original images so this is why you are

going to want to Rebrand them as you can

see here it says wide open and with a BG

so I have just gone and made sure that

it has been spelled correctly the same

on here if we scroll up onto the first

image it says responsible for everyone's

Health to end to to the end it doesn't

really make sense it's kind of weird so

I've just rebranded this with ultimate

hydration if we scroll down to the

fourth image let's scroll down to the

fourth image again you can see that it's

very similar but I have just rebranded

it to make it match the rest of my store

we can scroll down to this image here as

well so you can see again I have just

replaced this with ultimate hydration

instead of 1,600 part per billion the

customer doesn't really know what this

means so you want to just go and use

language that the customer understands

keep yourself hydrated through the day

with hydrogen water and then if we have

a look at the final one you can just see

it's very simple I've just done

convenient to travel and I've just

changed it to match the branding for the

rest of my store so I'm going to show

you exactly how to do this this it is

very simple it will take you some time

but like I say this will set you apart

from your competitors so in order to

Rebrand these we can just zoom in a

little bit and what you are going to do

is you can come over to elements and you

can basically just use elements to cover

up the original text so if we just come

into shapes you can see we have this

square shape here we can just bring it

to the top like this and we can just

drag it across you can make it a little

bit smaller so let's just make it like

that

and we can simply just drag it across

now we can come into text add a heading

and you can just go and change the font

to the font that you're using on your

store so I'm using popins and now you

can simply just type in the text that

you want to use so I've just gone for

ultimate hydration we can simply make

this a little bit smaller so we'll make

it like that and we'll just drag it to

this size we can change the color so

we'll just highlight this and change it

to White and then we can drag it up the

top here and just Center align it like

that we're going to change the color of

this so that it matches the color of the

rest of the store so we can just go and

paste that color in so we'll just bring

it down a little bit you can use your

arrow

keys so as we can see we'll just move

this across as well and there we go so

next up if you want to go and do the

same you can simply use the elements

again so if we come in here I'm just

going to click on this this time I'm

going to change this to a white square

and I am just going to drag this here

and we can simply just cover up this

three like this and then we can copy and

paste this we can enter in the number

three I am going to change the color of

this so we'll choose this color again

and now we can simply make this bigger

so let's make this much bigger let's say

and you can just drag it to make it

bigger like this and you can just use a

little bit of trial and error so as you

can see we can use the arrow keys to

just move this around and basically this

is all I've done for all of my images so

if we just come back over here you can

see that I've basically just covered up

all the elements so if we just zoom in

you can see I've just got a white square

here so I am a matter of fact just going

to move this white square a little bit

higher because I want to cover up

anything in the background I have just

gone if I just move this you can see

I've just covered this up

I've also done the same with this so if

I move these as you can see we've got

hydrogen water I've also done it with

these as well as you can see I've also

done it with these as well so if we just

move these out the way you can see I'm

just using simple shapes and text to

Rebrand all of the images it's very easy

now some things that you can do when you

are rebranding once you actually go and

add a background image so you can see

this is a background Square you can go

and make sure that it matches the same

color as the background so this is a

very light blue color so what you can do

is you can come into color click on the

plus button and you can choose this

Color Picker so you can simply I drop so

that you pick the same color so I am

just going to go and leave this as it

was and if we scroll down I have used

other elements so this is an element

that I have used so I just came into

elements and I just typed in H2O and

that is how I found this element so that

is how you can find different graphics

and elements so if we just come in here

and I type in H2O as you can see this is

the original graphic but I have just

changed it to the colors to match the

rest of the store and I have just done

the same here so if we just drag this

this is how it originally looked the

same with this I have just put a white

rectangle in the background so you can

see this is super easy to do it does

take a little bit of time like I

mentioned if we just drag this away we

can see here is the original one so I've

just used a few different squares here

to go and Rebrand this image same with

these if we drag these you can see I've

completely rebranded all of the images

so I really recommend to do this this is

really going to help you set yourself

apart from your competitors and make

your store look super branded and as I

mentioned this will help to increase the

conversion rate and increase the sales

on your store so once you have got all

of your images in the next lesson I do

just want to show you how you can also

create a gift in order to create a gif

for your product page you can go to

ezgif.com

and click on video to give now there are

a few different ways you can find videos

firstly you can just head over to the

product page so as we can see there is a

video of the product here so you can go

and have a look on various AliExpress

listings to find different videos once

you have found one you can simply click

right click and click on inspect and

from here you can choose the inspect

Arrow you can go and inspect the video

element and then you will see the video

link here you can copy this and open

this in a new tab and then you will see

the video and I'll just put this on mute

you can click download to download the

video alternatively you can do the same

with the meta ads Library so you can

come into your meta ads Library just

type in some keywords related to your

product and when you find a video that

you like and want to use for a gif you

can simply click on see add details and

again you can right click and click

inspect and once again again you can

inspect the video element and you should

be able to find the link here so here is

the link we can just double click this

link open it in a new tab and again we

can just click on the three dots and

click on download so I'm just going to

close these so now you have got the

video you can click on choose file on

ezed GIF so I'm just going to choose

this video and hit open and then you can

click on upload video you can then

decide where you want to clip the video

so you can start it at 0 seconds and

where you want to end it so I'm just

going to play this and I'm just going to

end my clip at 20 seconds once you have

done that you can click on convert to

GIF the video will then be converted to

a gif you can crop it or resize it if

you want to but I'm happy with the way

it looks so I'm just going to click on

Save once you have saved your GIF you

can just head back to autods navigate to

products and drafts and then find your

product that we are going to import and

in the next lessons I'm going to show

you how we can go and edit all of the

information such as the images variants

and everything that we need to edit

before importing the product to our

store and once we import the product to

our store I'll show you how we can edit

the product page from the store's front

end to make it look super professional

and super clean so the first thing we

are going to do is upload our product

images so we are going to come over to

images we are going to select all of the

images except for the main image so

we're just going to deselect this and

then we are going to scroll back up and

we are going to click on remove to

delete all of the current images so

let's just click on this and once we

have deleted all of the current images

we are going to upload all of the images

that we edited within canva so we are

going to click on ADD image we are going

to click on upload image navigate to the

product images that we downloaded from

canva and also any GIFs that you

downloaded and now we can start

uploading these one by one so I'm going

to select the first image and just hit

open and now we are just going to add

the rest of the images so I'm just going

to speed up that process

now and once you have uploaded all of

your product images you can set one of

these product images as your main image

and the main image is going to be the

first product image that the customer

sees when they land on your product page

so make sure that you pick the most

professional image with the most product

information because this is going to be

the first image that the customer sees

so I'm going to choose this image

because it looks super professional

super clean and has lots of product

information so I'm going to click on set

as main image now I have set that as the

main image you can go and delete any

images that you don't want to use so I'm

just going to click on this and I am

just going to remove this image as well

and then we can click on Save once you

have uploaded your images you can come

over to item specifications I am just

going to delete all of the item

specifications and we are going to leave

this completely blank because we will be

editing our product page using the

shrine theme and the shrine theme allows

you to create a specific product page

for each of your products so we don't

really need to have these item

specifications next up we can come to

variants and from here we can edit our

product variant so we can click on edit

and and from here you can edit any of

the variations of your product so

firstly you can just edit some general

information so for example you can go

and edit the color names or sizes or

things like that so I'm going to come in

here and I'm just going to change this

to Silver instead of light gray

everything else I am going to leave the

same now if we come into pricing this is

where you can decide how much you want

to sell your product for now it's super

important to get this right within autod

DS because this is going to be the price

that shows on your Shopify store and

this is going to be the price that

customers see so of course as I

mentioned during the product research

module you're going to want to have at

least a $20 profit margin now I am going

to sell this product for

$39.99 so have a look at how much your

competitors are selling it for and have

a look at if you have a decent profit

margin and that way you can decide how

much you want to sell your product for

so you can see on this particular

product we have a £

2829 profit margin so that's around $32

$33 so that's a very healthy profit

margin you can also round this to the

nearest cents if you want to and you can

also create a compare at price so this

will show your product on sale so I'm

going to create a compare at price for

this product so that it shows with a

discounted rate on the front end of my

store so we are going to togg along

compare at price and I'm going to show

it as 50% off so originally the product

will be £80 or close to and now it is

$39.99 then we can click on save you can

of course repeat that process for any

other variants of your product of course

this product only has one variant so we

don't need to do that next you can come

to description we are actually going to

delete all of the information in the

description and the reason that we are

going to do that is because we are going

to create our product description from

our front end of our store as I

mentioned the shrine theme allows you to

edit your product page from the front

end so that is where we will create our

product description so we are just going

to click on edit product description and

then we can scroll all the way to the

bottom of our product description now we

are going to highlight all of the images

and text within our product description

and we are simply going to delete all of

this and then we can click on save so

now when it comes to our product

description we are essentially starting

with a blank canvas because like I say

we will be building out that product

description from the the front end of

our Shopify store we can now come over

to product and from here you can choose

a collection for your product so in the

next lesson I'm going to show you how to

create a collection we can click on

create collection you can name your

collection whatever you want to I'm just

going to name this accessories and click

on save so once you have created a

collection for your product you can come

back to autods and you can go and choose

that collection so I'm just going to go

and choose the accessories collection we

can then scroll down you can choose your

shipping methods I recommend to leave it

as the default cheapest with tracking

you can leave the tags as default and

then from here you will see monitoring

so if you upgrade your autod DS plan you

can toggle on stock monitoring and price

monitoring and essentially these will go

and monitor the stock with your supplier

so if you run out of stock it will also

show on your Shopify store that you have

run out of stock and you can also go and

monitor the price of your product as

well so if you're Supply increases the

price of their product you can also go

and increase the price of your product

as well so as I mentioned when you

upgrade your plan you can go and toggle

both of these on because these are

really helpful with managing your

Shopify business and finally you are

going to want to toggle on auto order so

your orders are fulfilled automatically

of course in the later lessons I will

show you how you can go and fulfill all

of your orders so once you have done all

of this and you are happy that

everything has been filled out correctly

your title has been optimized your

description is completely blank all of

your variants have been set up with the

correct pricing and names all of your

images have been uploaded and you have

deleted all of the item specifications

you are now ready to import the product

to your store so you can click on Save

and import the importing process will

take a few minutes so let's leave this

for a few minutes and then we can go and

have a look at the product on our store

once the import process has finished you

will see import to store one of one

finished you can click on products and

you will see the product that you just

imported to your Shopify store so now if

we go over to Shopify and you click on

products you will see the product that

you just imported from autod DS you can

then click on this product and once you

click on the product where it says

publishing just make sure that you see

sales Channel if you don't click on

these three dots click on manage sales

Channel and make sure that you have

online store ticked you can then close

this and then just make sure that

everything that you have imported from

autod DS is correct so we can see that

the title matches the deleted

description is gone because we will go

and edit our description from the front

end and all of the images that we

uploaded are still there so now we are

going to start editing our product page

and product description from the front

end using the shrine theme that we

installed earlier so we are going to go

to online store and we are going to

click on customize and then you can

click on the catalog page and you will

see your products so we are going to

click on this product so now if we

scroll down on the product page we will

see many different sections that have

been added as a default we are going to

delete all of these sections and start

from a blank canvas so we're just going

to keep this main product description up

here but underneath that we are going to

get rid of everything so if we just come

to the side here as you can see each

area is a section so we've got rich text

we are just going to click on this and

click on remove section and we are going

to do this for every section we have a

horizontal tracker we are going to

remove this the comparison table we are

going to remove and the relatable

products will be set off but don't worry

about this because you cannot remove

this section but you can't see it so now

we only have our product description and

we can start adding sections based on on

the competitor store so firstly we can

actually go and add in some of these

small benefits and features of the

product so I'm just going to copy these

we've got hydrate faster and consume

higher quality water now what you can do

is to make your store more unique you

can head over to chat gbt and you can

just rewrite the copy of your competitor

store so you can just prompt it with

rewrite this copy and hit go and if you

are happy with the copy that it has

Rewritten we can just head back here

here and where we see this benefit

section we can go back and we will see

Emoji benefits so we can click on this

and I'm just going to paste this in and

if you do want to change the Emojis you

can head to a site called emoji.png

[Music]

here and we can replace the Emoji again

I am going to copy the next one like I

say you can rewrite these using chat gbt

so that your store stands out slightly

more but I'm just going to speed this

process up because it might get kind of

boring watching me constantly just

rewriting all of the copy so now I'm

just going to copy this one and we will

just come underneath here and paste this

one in and I am just going to backspace

and paste this emoji in so now we have

the main benefits of the product now we

can simply scroll down now and we can

start adding some sections based on the

sections that our competitor store has

so we can see they have this as scen on

I'm not going to include this because I

don't think it's good to include these

Brands like Men's Health NBC and things

like that if your product hasn't

actually been featured on these sites so

what we can do is we can scroll down and

I am going to come on the left hand side

we will scroll down I am going to click

on ADD section and we are going to go

for a horizontal ticker so we are going

to choose this and now we can click back

and we can click on to the first text

and I am just going to enter in backed

by science and now we can click on back

and click on the next one for this one I

am just going to enter in 1,000 plus

happy customers and we can click back

and now we can go onto the final one and

I am just going to go and enter in

30-day guarantee now we can click on

save so now if we have a look at our

competitor store and we scroll down we

can see they have this image with a

headline and a paragraph an image with a

headline and a paragraph and they have

another one so we are going to go and

add this as well so we will click back

we are going to click on ADD section and

we are going to scroll up and I'm going

to look for this multi row so I am going

to choose this and then we can click on

our first row from our multi row so just

click on this we are going to select an

image I am going to select this image

and hit done and again we can simply go

and rewrite the copy from our competitor

store so I'm just going to scroll up I

am going to Simply copy the first

headline you can head over to chat gbt I

have already Rewritten this one so I

have just said rewrite this copy and

they have Rewritten it to this copy here

so I am just going to copy this and I am

simply going to click on this row scroll

down and where it says row I am just

just going to paste this heading in and

I am simply going to delete the caption

once again we can come back over here

you can copy the paragraph and I am

going to head over to chat gbt and I

have Rewritten the paragraph So I have

just said rewrite this copy and I have

pasted it in again I will simply go and

copy this and I am going to scroll down

and where we have text I am going to

paste this in here now I will be

marketing my store towards the UK so

where it says Americans I am just going

to change this to UK citizens and then

what you can do is you can bold any of

the text that you want your customers to

focus on so I am just going to bold this

part here and where it says more

clarity and feel better I am going to

bold this as

well and we will just get rid of any

unnecessary space at the bottom and then

finally where we have button label I am

just going to delete this so we can

delete the button completely so now I am

just going to repeat that process for my

second row so again I will come into the

second row I am just going to copy the

copy of my competitor store and I am

going to get chat GPT to rewrite it for

me so I have Rewritten all of that copy

already so we can just come into this

row we are just going to delete the

caption we will go and enter in our

heading I can come back here and I am

just going to copy all of this and I

will just paste this into the text

so I have just gone and pasted that text

in and any sentences that I want to

stand out to the customer I have just

made them bold again we can go and

choose an image so we are just going to

click on select image I'm going to

select this image and hit done and again

I am just going to get rid of this

button label completely so now I am just

going to repeat that process for the

third and final row now you will want to

put your store into the mobile view

quite frequently because 90% of your

traffic will be coming from mobile so

constantly go and check how your store

is looking on a mobile you will want to

make sure that it is looking clean and

professional so I'm actually going to

get rid of this section here so I am

just going to click on remove block to

remove this unnecessary white space on

the mobile view so let's just hit remove

block and now you can see that that

looks much better so our product page is

coming together is looking really good

so far so now we can just delete this

final row so we will just come into row

and click on remove block so now we can

have a look at our competitor store so

if we scroll down we do have three rows

just like they have they do have a how

it works section I'm actually going to

skip this and I am going to go and

create this table here so in order to

create this table we will click on ADD

section and we are going to scroll down

and we are going to find comparison

table so we are going to choose this so

as you can see it looks really good on a

mobile but I am just going to put it

into the desktop view to make it easier

to edit so in order to change these

benefits you can just click on table row

and you can start changing some of these

benefits so I'm just going to change

this to made of high borosilicate gloss

then we can simply click back I am going

to go to the second table row and I am

just going to paste this in 3 minutes to

produce a cup of hydrogen M so just go

and enter in three or four benefits of

your product for this comparison table

once you have added the benefits you can

click on comparison table and you can

just change the text so I'm just going

to paste this in here I am going to

change this from Bold to normal see why

thousands have made the switch to a

healthier more sustainable hydration

solution and where it says comparison

table we can go and have a look they've

said why choose Hydro so we're just

going to come over here and I'm just

going to change Hydro to my store's name

nvo hill now I am actually going to add

a section Above This section so we will

just go back we will click on ADD

section and I am just going to add this

Rich Text section and we are just going

to click back and you can simply just

drag sections above other sections so we

are just going to grab this section and

I am just going to move it above the

comparison table just like this so now

we can scroll down we are going to click

on this I am going to change the

background to Accent one just like this

we can come back now and where it says

buttons I am just going to remove the

button so we'll just click remove block

and I have just added some copy to this

section we will now add another section

so let's click on ADD section and I am

going to choose this vertical ticker and

I have just added in some text in here

we can now click back and we can go and

change these vertical ticker benefits so

we are just going to click on these and

I have just gone and replace these with

some benefits of the product finally we

will just go and delete the button so we

can just scroll down and where we have

button label we can simply just delete

this the final thing I do want to add is

going to be an FAQ section so we are

going to click on ADD section and you

are going to choose collapsible content

and in here I am just going to update

these based on some of the competitor

FAQs so if we just scroll down we can

see what is hydrogen water so I'm just

going to copy this click on the first

collapsible content row I am going to

paste in here and then for the row

content I am just going to copy this and

get chat GPT to rewrite it again you can

then copy this come back over here and

paste this into the row and then you can

change the icon if you want to so I'm

actually just going to change this to no

icon so now I am just going to update

all of the FAQs so I have just gone and

updated all of those FAQs where we have

heading I am just going to change this

to got answers we've got questions and I

will just change the capture to FAQ and

you can of course change the colors if

you want to by going to color scheme so

I could go and change it to this or

whatever color scheme I wanted but we

are just going to go for background one

and now I am just going to hit save so

let's have a look at how our product

page is coming along we can just scroll

through the product page it is looking

really good as they scroll they do have

all of the product images up the top

here and they are greeted with this

initial image which looks really good

they then have some benefits about the

product as they scroll they can see the

delivery times so I will show you how

you can go and update these in a moment

then they do have some feedback from the

customers now I'm actually going to go

and delete this because we will go and

import some reviews directly from Ali

Express so we are going to click back

and then if we scroll down we will see

reviews I'm just going to remove this

and then as they scroll we do have this

moving ticker here then they have an

image some text another image with some

text text going over the benefits and

features of the product then they have a

comparison table and then they do

finally have some FAQs now there are

many other sections that you can use

with the shrine theme so if I just

scroll down and I click on ADD section

you will see that there are a number of

different sections that you can use so

if we scroll down I'll show you a few

that I think are pretty cool you have

multicolumn which is really great you

can add a video if you want to you have

this before and after slider for certain

products you can also go and add the

featured on like I showed you with this

store here so if your store is featured

on other sites you can easily go and add

a featured section like this another

cool section if we scroll all the way

down we do have this results section so

this is a really great one that you can

think about using and also an icon bar

as well so there are a few different

sections that you could consider using

for your own product pages use a bit of

trial and error and be creative but try

to keep things fairly simple and always

have a look at your competitor stores to

give you an idea of how you can create

your own product pages so for now we are

just going to click on Save once you

have saved that we are going to put our

store into the full screen mode as you

can see it is already looking really

good the next thing we are going to do

is add some reviews to our product page

so if we scroll down on the current

product page we are going to add some

reviews to the bottom now reviews help

to build social proof and again this

helps to build trust around your store

which will help you to increase your

conversions so in order to add reviews

to your store we are going to be using

an app called luks so you can come over

to apps you can click on app and sales

channel settings you can click on

Shopify App Store and you can just

search for Luke's and you will see

Luke's product reviews app now I will

leave a link in the lesson notes to

Luke's as well it is a paid app however

I do think it is the best review app out

there to import reviews directly from

AliExpress and it will really help to

increase your conversion rate so it is

worth the $9.99 per month so we are just

going to click on install on this app

and then we will click on install again

you can then choose your Luke's plan so

you can just start with the beginner

plan and then you can just click on

start and we are just going to click on

take beginner and then you can approve

the subscription you will then be

brought over to your Luke's dashboard so

you can click on continue you can choose

your language so I'm going to choose

English and click on continue you can go

and choose your brand and icon colors

and also your icon style and you can

also choose your reviews widget layout

I'm going to leave everything as the

default and click on continue it will

then ask you when you want to ask your

customers for a review so I'm just going

to leave leave it as 14 days after

fulfillment and click on continue you

can encourage your customers to submit a

photo or video review by offering them a

discount I'm just going to leave it as

the 15% off discount code and click on

continue it will then say enable Luke's

script so just click on this and just

make sure that this has been toggled on

and then click on save you can then go

back to the Luke's Tab and it should say

Luke's core script enabled so now click

on continue it will then say add product

reviews widget so you can click on this

and the product reviews widget will be

automatically added underneath your

faq's section so we are just going to

leave it here so we can just click on

got it and then click on Save if you

click on the back button you can of

course move this widget wherever you

want to on your product page but I

recommend to just have it underneath

your FAQs so now we can head back to the

other Tab and it will verify that we

have just added that Rev use widget and

we can click on continue next up we can

add a rating widget so we are going to

click on this and the rating widget will

be added at the bottom of your product

description again you can go and move

this if you want to so if we just go and

grab this we could move this above the

title so now the rating widget will be

shown above the title so as you can see

it will be shown above your title I

think this looks much better and now we

can click on Save we can now head back

to the other tab and again luks will

review this and now we can click on

continue next up we want to import some

reviews from AliExpress to our product

so we are going to click on import now

in order to import a review from

AliExpress it will say drag the import

to looks button into your bookmarks bar

so in order to show your bookmarks bar

you can hold control shift B you will

then see your bookmarks bar and where it

says import to looks you can just drag

this into your bookmarks bar you can

then click on go to AliExpress and you

can find your product that you want to

import the reviews from and then you can

click on import to luks you can then

select the product that you want to

import the reviews to so I'm going to

select this product you can choose the

ratings so I'm going to go for five

stars only you can choose the countries

that you want to import the reviews from

and you can also go and translate

reviews into English you can also go and

fetch the most recent reviews or reviews

that only have photos and then you can

simply click on preview and import you

can then reject or import any reviews so

I'm going to hit import if you see a

review that isn't that great like this

one just has a +++ we are just going to

hit reject so then it simply is a

process of importing and rejecting any

reviews that you want to use it will

then say import completed so we can

close this we can head back to Shopify

click on online store we can click on

customize we can click on catalog you

can click on your product and we are

going to put our store into the mobile

view and now if we scroll all the way to

the bottom we can see that we have our

reviews of the product so that looks

really great and as I mentioned this

will help to build trust with your

customers which will increase your

conversion rate so now we can head back

to our Shopify dashboard for the next

lessons we will be creating the

necessary Pages for your store and we

will want to start start off with a

contact us page but before we create a

contact us page I want to show you how

to create a branded email address for

your store so that your store looks more

professional when customers receive

emails from your store so in order to do

this you can go to settings and you can

come over to domains because I have

purchased my domain from a thirdparty

register I won't be able to give you a

step by step for this process however I

will leave a link in the lesson notes to

this post here which will show you how

to set up a forwarding email address

with your branded domain and this will

allow you to create a professional email

address for your Shopify store with your

branded domain so when customers receive

emails from your store or when they

contact you you can respond from your

branded professional email address and

this just helps to build the brand

around your store and again build trust

around your store now as I mentioned I

have purchased my domain from ionus so I

have just created a branded email within

my ionus dashboard so then you can head

back to Shopify once you have created

your branded email and now you are going

to scroll down and click on

notifications you will then see send a

email so just make sure that the sender

email in here is your branded

professional email address and then you

can click on Save once you have saved

that we can now go and create a contact

us page for our store in order to create

a contact us page you can click on

online store and then click on pages you

may see a contact us page has already

been created by default but if you don't

you can just click on ADD page so I

already have this so I'm just going to

click on this you can of course name

your page contact and then you can go

and choose the contact theme template

and just click on save you can then

click on view page and you will see your

contact us page has been created once

you have saved your contact page the

next Pages we will create are going to

be your policy pages in order to create

your policy Pages you can come to

settings and just scroll down to where

it says policies firstly you will see

your return policy so you will see the

rules around your return policy so you

can click on manage and the main thing I

recommend for you to change is customers

providing return shipping which means

that the customer has to pay to ship the

product back to you if they want to make

a return so you can choose this and

click on Save we can now click on the

back button and if you scroll down you

will see written return and refund

policy you can click on create from

template and you can simply edit this

slightly so where it says to be eligible

for return your item must be in the same

condition that you received it unworn or

unused so if you don't plan on selling

clothing items you can simply just get

rid of unworn and just leave it as

unused with tags as well you can get rid

of if if you aren't selling clothing

items so I'm just going to get rid of

that completely and we are just going to

leave it like this to be eligible for a

return your item must be in the same

condition that you received it unused in

its original packaging you'll also need

the receipt or proof of purchase to

start a return you can contact us at and

we have our professional email address

please note that the returns will need

to be sent to the following address well

you can get rid of this for now because

we will be Drop Shipping so you can just

give the customers the address of your

supplier upon email request so you can

outline that in the next sentence it

says if your return is accepted you can

get rid of this because they will

provide their own shipping label so they

will pay for their own shipping in order

to return the parcel so you can just say

we will send

you instructions on how and where to

send your package items sent back to us

without first requesting return will not

be accepted you can always contact us

for any return questions at and you can

leave your professional email address

for the next part we can just scroll

down to where we have damages and issues

you can just leave this as it is and

then for exceptions and non returnable

items I am just going to get rid of any

unnecessary space for this bit if you

don't sell any of these types of items

you can just get rid of it completely

and then you will see exchanges you can

just leave this as the default I am just

going to get rid of the white space and

then you have the EU 14-day calling off

period if you are selling in the EU so

just have a read through this and if you

are planning on selling in the EU you

can just leave this as the default and

then finally you have refunds so I am

just going to get rid of the unnecessary

space and once again just have a read

through this so I recommend to just

leave this as the default as well and

then you can click on Save once you have

completed your returns and refunds

policy in the next lesson we will create

the shipping policy in order to create

your shipping policy under policies

within settings you can just scroll down

and you will see shipping policy now for

your shipping policy you can just say

something like this we use various

couriers to ship your orders including

USPS UPS FedEx Royal Mail and More you

can of course include any cers that your

supplier might be using but these will

be the main ones you will receive your

tracking number via email once we have

processed and shipped your order and

then you can say our processing times

are 1 to2 business days our estimated

shipping times are 7 to 13 business days

you can of course amend this depending

on how long the shipping times are for

the products that you are selling so

just go and enter in your average

shipping times and then you can simply

click on Save once you have saved your

shipping policy in the next lesson we

will create a terms of service in order

to create a terms of service you can

come into your policy settings and

scroll down to terms of service and

click on create from template you can

have a read through this and just make

sure that all of the information is

correct and providing that everything is

correct you can simply click on save so

make sure that you are having a look at

the small details for example adding a

link to your refund policy this is very

easy to do so we can simply click on

Save we can close these settings for a

moment we can come to navigation and if

we go into our footer menu you can click

on ADD menu item you can click on search

or pay p a link go over to policies

click on refund policy and then you can

click on ADD click on Save menu and now

if you go to online store and click on

this I icon you can scroll all the way

to the bottom and you will see refund

policy so you can copy this and then you

can simply copy the refund policy Link

in the URL you can head back to Shopify

click on settings scroll down to

policies scroll all the way down to your

terms of service and then within your

terms of service we can find that link

to the refund policy again and you can

simply delete this and paste in your

refund policy so like I say make sure

that you have done that for any areas

that need to be linked so you will need

to link your privacy policy as well and

we will create the privacy policy in the

next lesson so just make sure you come

back to your terms of service after and

paste in the link to your privacy policy

so from here we can click on Save and in

the next lesson we will will create the

privacy policy in order to create your

privacy policy you can go to settings

and click on policies and then you will

see privacy policy now in the lesson

notes I will leave a link to this

document here which is a privacy policy

template that you can use and you simply

just need to replace the business name

with the name of your store now of

course this is not legal advice so make

sure that you have done your due

diligence on the country that you are

based in and the countries that you plan

on selling to in terms of privacy

policies to make sure that this is

correct because like I say I cannot give

you legal advice in this course but what

you can do is with this privacy policy

you can click on crlf you can copy

business name with the brackets included

so just copy this paste this into find

what and where it says replace with you

can enter in the name of your store and

click on replace all you can then click

on okay and close and just make sure

that you have have filled out this

information here correctly so for

example if you do have a registered

company in your country you can put that

information in here if you don't you can

simply just put in your address so just

make sure that you have filled this out

and then you can simply just come in and

you can copy all of this information

from the document so we'll just come all

the way up to the bottom we will copy

this then you can head back to Shopify

and just paste this privacy policy in

here make sure you get rid of any

unnecessary spaces within the privacy

policy now make sure you add the link to

your privacy policy within your terms of

service so in order to do this you can

close this you can come down to online

store and navigation again you can click

on your footer menu click on ADD menu

item come in search or paste link go to

policies choose your privacy policy

click on ADD click on Save menu click on

this little I icon next to online store

scroll down to your footer click on

privacy policy and then you can copy the

link from the URL head back to your

Shopify dashboard click on settings

scroll down to the policies and then

scroll down to the terms of service and

within your terms of service you will

see link to privacy policy and you can

just paste in that link and click on

Save once you have saved that in the

next lesson I'll show you how to create

an order tracking page in order to

create an order tracking page for your

store we will be using this app called

parcel panel order tracking now this is

the number one order tracking app for

Shopify and it is specifically built for

Shopify and if we scroll down you can

see that you can get started for

completely free in order to create your

order tracking app with parcel panel but

if you do use the link in the

description you will get 40% off of the

paid plans as well as a 7-Day free trial

on all of the paid plans so click the

link in the description to get your 40%

discount on the paid plans when you are

creating your order tracking page with

parcel panel now the great thing about

parcel panel it also allows you to mask

any Chinese tracking for your customers

orders so when they're actually tracking

their orders they won't see that your

products are coming from China and this

is going to reduce the amount of

customer emails and refunds you get so

it's a really amazing app when it comes

to creating an order tracking page now

there are a few last things that I do

want to mention regarding the parcel

Panel App because it is more than just

order tracking app it has a lot of other

powerful features so firstly it supports

over 1,300 carriers so no matter which

carrier your supplier is using you can

provide your customers with updates via

email notifications because you can sync

with over 1300 carriers it does sync all

of your orders within 30 days I have

already mentioned the Drop Shipping mode

you can add an estimated delivery date

to your order tracking page using the

apps features and you can also add

product recommendations to your order

tracking page so you can bring in more

Revenue directly when customers are

tracking their orders you can also go

and sync with review apps so that way

when a shipment status is updated to

delivered you can send your customers a

request via email to ask them for a

review this is a great way to collect

more reviews on your store you can also

integrate with a returns Portal app by

parcel panel so if you're dealing with a

lot of returns perhaps you are Drop

Shipping in clothing you can easily go

and create a returns portal you can also

go and add protection insurance to your

Parcels using parcel panel so this will

go and protect all of your customers

parcels and make sure that they are

delivered and you can also go and

integrate with Page Builder apps like

page fly and things like that so this

app does have a lot of features and a

lot of Integrations that you can use so

like I say click the link on the

description you will come over to this

page and from here we are going to click

on in install you are then going to

click on install again and then you will

be brought over to the quick setup guide

to create your order tracking page so

firstly you will see that your order

tracking page has automatically been

created as soon as you install the app

so if you click on this I icon you can

view your order tracking page so as you

can see the order tracking page is

already looking really great so what you

can do is you can then go and copy this

link and then you can just go to online

store and add this link to your

navigation I am going to show you how to

sort out all of your navigation in the

later tutorials so don't worry too much

about that for now next up you can click

on customize shipping notifications so

from here you can go and edit the

shipping notifications that your

customers receive regarding updates for

their orders so click on customize

notifications and in here you will see

the pre-made email templates that your

customers will receive every time there

is an update to their order so you will

see You've Got info received in transit

out for delivery delivered exception

failed attempt so you can simply go and

toggle on all of these templates I

recommend to have all of them toggled on

so that your customers are notified

every time there is an update regarding

their order you can go and edit these

templates so if you click on edit

template from here you can edit The

Branding of these email templates so

that they match The Branding for your

store so firstly I recommend uploading

your logo so come over to logo I'm just

going to remove the current logo you can

click on ADD image navigate to your logo

image and click on open once you have

uploaded your logo you can click on done

and then you can edit any of the other

branding options so for example if we

click on colors I can edit the bottom

background color to match the rest of

your store you can then click on save

you can also go and edit the actual text

within these emails so if we simply just

click on back so if we go into one of

the other templates you can click on

content and this is where you can edit

the content of the emails however I do

recommend to leave them as the default

because this will provide the customers

with all of the necessary information

that they need if we go back to template

branding all you're then going to do is

just update The Branding for each of

these templates to make sure that they

match The Branding for the rest of your

store so I'm just going to click on done

click on Save and then we can click on

back and like I say just make sure that

you do this for all of the templates and

these will be sent out to your customers

every time there is an update from the

tracking number for their order now if

we go back to the parcel panel dashboard

under the quick setup guide you will see

Drop Shipping mode so just click on this

and as you can see if you enable this

feature it will hide Chinese Origins to

create a consistent branded shopping

experience so basically when your

customers receive notifications or they

do go to your order tracking page and

enter in their tracking number they

won't see any Chinese Origins for your

packages so for example instead of the

shipping update saying has left where

Warehouse in shenzen it will just say

has left Warehouse so we'll go and hide

any Chinese Origins and this is really

great for customer service and reducing

any refunds there are a few other

features that I recommend you turning on

so you are going to want to toggle on

this send shipping tracking events to

Shopify so this way when an order is

fulfilled through autods the updates

will be synced to Shopify and then those

events will be sent out to customers via

the email templates that we edited

earlier

you can also toggle on update tracking

Link in Shopify so when a customer

clicks on a tracking number within an

email for example it will come over to

the URL of your tracking page so they

can track it directly from your website

so you can toggle this on you will also

see add tracking widget to your order

status page you're going to want to

toggle this on so customers can go and

track their orders from the order status

page if we scroll down you can choose

your preferred language so just choose

English and then you will see Courier

matching so this is where you are going

to choose the cers that you want to send

updates for so there are hundreds of

cers that you can choose from so go and

message your supplier whether that's

autods or AliExpress to see which career

they're using and then you can enter

that in here so for example you can see

you've got AliExpress standard shipping

USPS un Express 4px UPS CJ packet so

these are some of the more popular ones

so you can easily go and type any of

these in and you can simply go and tick

these and then you can enable or disable

them so if I disable this you can see

what it looks like and if I just click

on disabled now and I go and search for

AliExpress I can now go and enable this

so every Courier that you have enabled

will be synced with parcel panel so then

it can retrieve all of the updates and

send those updates out to customers via

the email notifications that we set up

earlier so now if we go back to the

parcel panel dashboard you will now see

that you have completed the quick setup

guide next I want to show you how you

can edit your order tracking page so

click on tracking page and from here you

can edit the appearance of your order

tracking page so for example you will

see the progress bar color I'm going to

go and update this to match the branding

of the rest of my store you can go and

choose the layout the theme mode if you

scroll down here you will see the order

lookup widget so you can allow customers

to look up their order by using their

email and phone number and order number

or by using their tracking number you

you can add custom text to your order

tracking page you can remove powered by

parcel panel branding if you go and

upgrade your plan if you click on custom

shipment status you can add custom

shipment statuses to your order tracking

page so you will see the default ones

ordered order ready in transit out for

delivery you can go and add custom ones

for example order processing or

something like that you can also add

custom tracking info so this information

will appear on your order tracking page

if they haven't been any recent updates

from the ker regarding the parcel so for

example you can see the example here

days since last tracking 7 custom

tracking info transit to next facility

so this basically just eases the

customers worries if they go and track

their order and they just see transit to

next Facility by default because you've

entered that in here they at least know

that their parcel is progressing and it

is still being delivered next up if you

click post purchase Ed if you toggle on

this feature this would display a

customer with an estimated delivery date

for their order and this is based on

your shipping rates so later on in the

tutorial I'll be showing you how to set

up your shipping rates within the

Shopify settings and whatever you set up

your shipping rates as is what will show

for the estimated delivery dates so for

example if you set up your shipping

rates to say that shipping will take 10

to 12 days then the estimated delivery

date will show 10 to 12 days after your

order has been processed next up we have

have product recommendation this will

allow you to display other products from

your store on your order tracking page

so this will allow you to actually make

more sales when customers come over to

your store to track their previous

orders they might be interested in one

of your other products and make a new

purchase so this is a great way to

increase your Revenue without doing any

extra work next up you have SEO

optimization in here you can put a

simple page title and description for

your order tracking page to help with

search engine optimization then we have

tracking page URL so from here if you

click on this pencil icon you can go and

edit the URL of your order tracking page

so instead of having parcel panel you

could go and change this to something

like track so if we come in here we can

just change this to track click on next

and then click on next step and click on

done so just make sure that you update

your url if you do do this within your

menu settings so that it is the right

URL that people can click on to track

their order you can then click on Save

and once you have updated your order

tracking page with all of these settings

you can click on preview and from here

you will see your order tracking page if

somebody tracks an order this is what

it's going to look like so you have the

order status you have the tracking

number and then as I say you can add an

estimated delivery dates you've got your

product upsells as well and then you

have all of the updates regarding the

actual product itself and all of the

Chinese origins of the shipping won't be

shown to the customer so now we have a

really amazing order tracking page next

up I'll be showing you how to add all of

the pages we have just created to your

header and footer menus but I do just

want to show you a few last things from

parcel panel so if we go back to the

back end you can see that we have

analytics so if we click on analytics in

here you can see a snapshot of all of

your customers orders and you can see an

update of different carriers and

destinations for each of those orders if

you scroll down you can see the shipment

status for all of your customers orders

you can also come over to integration

from here you can integrate parcel panel

with various other apps so for example

you can create a returns and exchange

portal using parcel panel returns and

exchange and you can also go and

integrate live chatbots like Wes's live

chatbot which I will be showing you how

to use later on in the tutorial so now

that I've shown you how to set up an

order tracking page in the next part of

the tutorial I'm going to show you how

to add all of the pages that we've just

created to your header and footer menus

so just come over to online store in

order to create your header and footer

menus come over to navigation firstly we

will create the main menu so click on

main menu firstly you can delete the

home menu item because customers can

simply just click on the logo to go to

the homepage and we really don't want

customers to even go to the homepage

because we're going to be sending our

customers directly to the product page

so we want to keep them on the product

page so you can just click on delete and

hit remove next up where you have

catalog you are going to click on edit

we are going to change this to shop and

instead of going to all of our products

we can go to the main product that we

will be testing so if you're testing one

or two products a week the main product

that you are testing at any given time

you can just change this Shop link to

that main product that you will be

testing so come to products and you can

choose the main product that you will be

testing so I'm just going to choose this

product and click on apply changes make

sure that you have your contact us page

so you can always click on ADD menu item

search or paste a link go to pages and

choose the contact us page and then do

the same with your track your order page

as well once you have done that you can

click on Save menu once you have created

your main menu we can click back and now

we are going to create the footer menu

so go to the footer menu firstly we are

going to delete this search menu item so

just delete this and hit remove make

sure you have added your refund policy

next up we are going to click on ADD

menu item and we are going to go and

choose our shipping policy so we'll come

down to policies we are going to choose

shipping and click on ADD we are going

to drag our shipping above our privacy

policy so then make sure you add your

privacy policy and then you are going to

add your terms of service so click on

ADD go to search go to policies and

choose terms of service and click on ADD

you can then click on Save menu once you

have saved your menus you can come to

the I icon to view your online store and

from here you will see your header menu

and if you scroll down to your footer

you will see all of your policy pages in

your footer menu so in the next lesson I

will show you how to design your

homepage in order to design your

homepage we are just going to click on

customize Under themes you really do

just want to keep your home page

extremely simple because as I mentioned

we won't be sending any of our customers

to the homepage we will be sending them

to the product pages for the products

that we will be promoting through our

ads and we don't really want our

customers to spend much time on the

homepage we want to keep them on the

product pages so that we can push them

towards that all important purchase so

as I say we are going to keep the

homepage super simple so what we are

going to do is we will keep this image

slide and we are going to delete

everything else so we're just going to

keep the image slide and we will keep

the ticker and we will go and keep the

contact form as well so just delete

everything else so all I'm going to do

is is Click on each section and I am

just going to remove all of these

sections so all we're left with is an

image slide a horizontal ticker and a

contact form now for the image slide we

are only going to have one image so if

you see two image slides click on the

second one and click on remove block

once you have removed that we can now

edit the first image slide so you can

just click on your image slide click on

explore free images or you can select

your own image I'm going to go for

explore free images and I'm just going

to search for a word related to my Niche

so this is the health Niche so I'm just

going to search for running and then you

can just scroll through the free images

and choose one of these so I'm going to

select this one here I think this looks

pretty cool then we can simply click on

select you can also go and put your

store into the mobile view and you can

select a different image for the mobile

view if you want to so for the mobile

view I am just going to select one image

of one of the products so I'm just going

to go and select this image here and

click on done we can now put the store

back into the desktop view and now we

can edit the text for the image slide so

we are just going to come down here I'm

just going to say optimize your health

and for the subheading I am just going

to say your journey starts here and for

the button label I am just going to put

in shop now and then we are just going

to link to one of our main products that

we will be testing so I'm just going to

come into products and I'm just going to

select this product now for the

horizontal ticker we can simply go and

edit these as well so we will just come

to feature one and for the first feature

I am just going to enter in 30-day

guarantee we can now go to the second

feature for the second feature I am just

going to enter in fast shipping and then

we can come to the third feature and for

the third feature I am just going to go

for secure checkout that's basically our

homepage we can also go and edit the

footer so where we have quick links I'm

just going to change this to help and

then where we have this image in the

footer I'm actually just going to remove

this block and I am going to add another

block so I'm going to click on ADD block

I am going to add a menu I am going to

click on this quick links menu and I am

going to change this to the main menu so

we'll click on Change menu and select

main menu and click on select and we'll

actually change this one to help we will

go back we'll go to the help one and I

am just going to change this to legal

and then we can go back again and I am

just going to go and drag this above

here also don't forget to edit the

horizontal ticker at the top of your

store as well so if we just go over to

shop I am just going to make this

horizontal ticker here the same as this

one here so I going to use the same

features so I have just gone and edited

those features to make them the same as

my product page I am just going to click

on Save and now we can go back to our

homepage and as you can see our homepage

is looking really good and once you have

edited and saved your homepage in the

next lesson I'll show you how you can

edit your email newsletter optin to

offer your customers a 10% off discount

code in exchange for their email address

in order to offer your customers a 10%

off discount code in exchange for

entering in their email firstly we can

go and edit the text so we can click on

this where it says subscribe to our

emails we can just change this to

subscribe for 10% off and where it says

a short sentence encouraging customers

you can just say join our newsletter and

get 10% off your first order you can

then click on Save once you have saved

that you can set up your discount code

so we can click on exit we can go to

discounts we can click on create

discount we can choose amount of

products you can name your discount code

so I'm just going to call this 10 off we

can make this a 10% off discount code

you can make it apply to specific

Collections and you can add any minimum

requirements if you want to you can go

and add the maximum discount uses so I

recommend to limit it to one per

customer and you can amend the discount

combinations and the active and end

dates once you have created that you can

click on Save Discount so now we have

our 10 off discount code we are just

going to copy this and now we will go

back to online store and under the

shrine theme we will click on these

three dots and click on edit default

theme content you can then go to

newsletter and where it says thanks for

subscribing you can just change this to

use code tenoff for 10% off your first

order and click on Save you can then

click back and click on customize and if

you scroll all the way down to your

footer you can enter in an email address

in here and if you click on sign up the

customer will see that message and they

can use that 10% off discount code at

the checkout once you have done that in

the next lessons we will be going

through your Shopify settings the first

settings we will start with is your

store currency so you can come over to

settings and from here you will see

store currency so you can go and edit

this if you click on these three dots

you can click on change store currency

now don't worry too much about which

currency you are going to choose of

course if the main Market that you're

going to be targeting is going to be the

us then you can choose the US do however

if you do plan on targeting multiple

different countries don't worry because

in the next lessons I'm going to be

showing you how to set up Shopify Global

markets so that you can Target multiple

different currencies and you can charge

customers in their local currency anyway

so for now I'm just going to leave it as

Great British pounds but choose

whichever currency you want to and I'm

just going to close this but you can

simply just click on Save the next

setting that we will go over is going to

be our checkout settings so we are going

to click on checkout and you can click

on customize checkout you will then be

brought over to your checkout and you

can scroll down to checkout and then

click on this now the first thing we are

going to do is upload our logo to the

checkout so we can click on select image

and I am going to select my logo and

click on done you can change the

position of your logo so you can go for

center right I'm going to just leave it

as the left you can also go and change

the size small medium large I'm just

going to go for medium now if you scroll

down I recommend to leave everything

else the same the only thing I do

recommend is to change the colors so I

recommend to change these colors to the

same colors that you are using on the

rest of your store so I am just going to

go and change both of these

colors however for the errors I do

recommend to leave this as red because

this is an easy indicator for customers

when they need to be told that they have

missed some information so once you have

edited your checkout you can just double

check that everything looks good so

everything is looking good and you can

click on save so as you can see the

accent colors have now updated so that's

looking really good so now we can head

back to our Shopify dashboard the next

settings that I will cover are going to

be your shipping settings so we can come

to settings and you will see shipping

and delivery you should see that some

shipping rates have already been set up

so you can simply click on these you can

see that you can charge different

shipping for certain products so if you

do want to add shipping on for a certain

product maybe to increase your profit

margins you can set up new shipping

settings for a specific product now if

you scroll down you will see some

shipping zones so as you can see we have

the EU you have the UAE and other

countries so if you click on this as you

can see Australia Canada Switzerland a

few other countries and the United

States and then you will see your

default country so because my store is

based in the UK my default country is

the United Kingdom now I'm just going to

set all of my shipping rates to free

shipping so what we can do is where we

have standard here I'm just going to

click on this and click on delete you

can then edit your shipping rate so if

we click on this we can click on edit

rate where it says shipping rate we are

going to choose custom you can name this

free shipping and then you can enter in

the average amount of days that your

products are going to take to get to

your customers and then for custom

delivery description I recommend to just

choose tracking number provided then you

can remove the conditional pricing and

this is how the customer will see it at

the checkout so you can of course go and

edit the custom rate name if you want to

like I say make sure that the shipping

days are accurate based on the average

amount of time that your products will

take to reach the customer then you can

click on done you can of course add

extra rates if you do want to charge

your customers so you can click on ADD

rate and you can choose add a flat rate

again you can go for custom you can go

and name this something like express

shipping and if you're supplier does

have express shipping you can of course

go and charge your customers based on

that again for the description we can go

for tracking number provided and then

you can put your price in for your

customer and you can always go and add

conditions to your shipping rates as

well so you can click on ADD conditional

pricing and you can say for example if a

customer spends minimum of £50 or $50

they get the express shipping for free

and then you can click on done so now I

am just going to go update my

international shipping zones so I'm just

going to click on these and I am going

to edit both of the rates for

international and for the EU to make

them free so I have just set all of my

shipping zones to free you can of course

go and create a new Zone as well so if

you click on create Zone you can go and

select any countries that you want to

ship to and then you can go and create a

shipping rate for that country I'm just

going to leave the countries that I've

already selected so I'm just going to

click on cancel and I will hit save once

you have set up your shipping rates you

should see a message like this customers

won't be able to check out because it is

an inactive market so in the next lesson

I'm going to show you how to set up

Shopify markets in order to set up

Shopify markets from your shipping

settings you can just click on go to

markets alternatively you will see

markets over here as well so we are just

going to click on go to markets now when

you are are in markets you will see your

primary market and you will see your

inactive markets so you see for me I

have the European Union as an inactive

market and also International which

includes Australia Canada New Zealand

and the United States so you can go and

activate both of these markets so let's

start with International in case I want

to start selling to the United States I

can just come in here go to inactive and

set this to active and then I can click

on save next up I do want to change the

currency for this market so I am going

to come into products and pricing and

then you can go and choose the currency

for the market so I'm just going to go

and choose the United States dollar for

this market and click on save it will

then say changing the market currency

will delete any fixed prices you may

have set this is completely fine so just

click on accept lastly you will want to

tick this box here that says show prices

to customers in their local currency

because that way if somebody from the US

comes over to my store they will see the

price in Us dolls and you can go and

update the prices of your products in

that currency so if I don't want to sell

this For $52 I can go and sell this for

$51.99 let's say for example and the

same for this I could sell this for

$71.99 or whatever price that you want

to go and enter in I could go and put in

$45.99 it doesn't really matter whatever

price you want to go and sell it for so

I'm just going to go and enter that in

and then you can click on save so now we

can go back and we can click back again

and now you can go and activate any

other markets that you want to so we can

just come into the EU we can go and set

this to active and now we are going to

come into products and pricing and I'm

just going to go and choose the Euro so

we can just come in here choose Euros

again you can go and update the pricing

of your products I'm going to go and

tick this as well and click on Save and

we will click on accept so now if we

just scroll up and click back again we

will just go and set this to active and

hit save and now we can click on back

and now we have our three markets now

you can add other markets if you want to

by clicking on ADD Market as you can see

you are allowed a maximum of three

markets under the basic plan so if you

do want to have extra markets you will

need to upgrade to the advanced plan but

if you do want to add markets this is

how you can do it for now I am just

going to leave it with those three

markets so we you'll just go and click

on cancel and once you have done that

you can move on to the next lesson where

I'll be showing you how to set up

payments in order to set up payments on

your Shopify store you can come over to

payments the first payment method that

we will set up is going to be Shopify

payments so you can click on complete

account setup you can go and choose your

business type this will vary depending

on the country that you're based in so

in the UK these are the business types

I'm going to go for individual SL Trader

you can then enter in some of your

details so you'll need to enter in your

address you will also need to enter in

your name and your date of birth you

will need to give some indication about

your product details so you can just

enter in a description about the

products that you're selling so I've

just put in health related products then

you can scroll down you will want to put

your phone number in and a statement

descriptor so this is what will show up

on the customer bank statement so make

sure that you put in your store's name

here here and then you just want to

enter in your banking information so in

the UK we have a sort code and account

number and this is going to be where

your Shopify payments will be deposited

so make sure that you enter in the

correct information and once you have

entered all of that information in you

can click on submit for verification

once you have set up Shopify payments

you can also go and set up Paypal so

just click on where it says setup

incomplete and then you can click on

complete setup if you already have a

PayPal account you can simply connect an

existing PayPal account to your Shopify

store or you can go and create a new one

so you can just click on next and like I

say if you have a PayPal account you

just need to log in if you don't you

just need to go through the process of

creating a new PayPal account for your

store it will then say allow PayPal to

connect your account with Shopify so you

can just click on agree and connect and

then you can click on go back to Shopify

once you have set up your payments in

the next lesson I'll give you a brief

overview of taxes and duties when it

comes to setting up taxes and duties I

can't give you legal advice and there

are so many different variations

depending on the country that you're

located in and the country that you plan

on selling to so I can't cover every

single different scenario unfortunately

but I'll just give you a bit of advice

based on what I do so all I do is I use

this site here called just

answer.co and this site will basically

allow you to speak to a Tax Advisor or

an accountant so that you can talk them

through any given scenario of your store

and they will be able to advise you on

the type of taxes that you should be

charging your customers and the taxes

that you need to pay depending on the

country that you are based in so I

recommend to just head over to Google

and type in speak to a Tax Advisor

online and hopefully you should be able

to find a site similar to this where you

can pay a very small fee to speak to a

Tax Advisor however in the beginning

when you are just starting out I

wouldn't worry too much about it because

your store isn't going to be profitable

from day one so you can always go and

backdate your taxes once you speak to an

accountant or a Tax Advisor when money

is actually coming in through your store

like I say this isn't legal advice but

this is the best advice I can give you

when it comes to taxes and duties

so I recommend for you to just do your

own research when it comes to taxes and

duties so now that we have gone over

taxes and duties in the next lesson I do

just want to go over email notifications

in order to edit the emails that your

customers receive you can come to

notifications and you can click on

customer notifications and then you can

click on customize email templates you

can go and upload your logo to these

email templates so I am just going to go

and choose my logo and click on done you

can go and change the logo size so I am

just going to go and make this slightly

bigger so let's just go and make this

around 250 and then you can of course go

and change the accent color as well so

I'm just going to go and change the

accent color to this and then you can

click on save you will then see a

preview of what those emails will look

like so you just want to make sure that

they match The Branding for the rest of

your store so now that I've shown you

how to edit your store's email

notifications the next part of the

tutorial I want to show you how to add a

live AI chatbot to your store to

streamline your customer service and

help you make more sales so in order to

do this we will be using an app called

wesk now I will leave a link in the

description to wesk and if you use the

code Elliot prendy you can get 50% off

of your first month on the paid plans

but the great thing about this chat boo

is you can get started for completely

free now using the wesk AI chatbot you

can automate repetitive tasks like

product recommendations sending out

coupon codes updating customers on their

order statuses and tracking numbers so

you can actually reduce your workload a

lot it has been proven to reduce

workload on stores by 30% and another

really great thing you can do with Wes's

AI chat B is you can connect it to your

email address you can connect it to

Instagram to WhatsApp to Facebook

Messenger so you have one unified

support Channel no matter where

customers message you so if a customer

messages you through Instagram DMS or

they send you an email or they send you

a message on Facebook Messenger you can

go and view that from the willes

dashboard so that means you can reply to

all of your customer queries in one

simple dashboard so I think this is

really important especially when you

start to scale you will start to get a

lot of customer inquiries so having an

AI chatbot and having one unified

communication platform is going to make

things a lot easier for you one other

thing to mention is that when you

install the wesk AI chatbot it does

collate all of your customer information

so it can go and look at order history

it can go and look at statuses of

customers orders it can look at

subscriptions all of this type of

information so that way if a customer

asks for example about an update on one

of their orders or if they entering a

tracking number or whatever it is Wes's

AI chatbot has access to all of this

information so it can feed it back to

the customer super easily and it reduces

the amount of things you have to do when

it comes to customer service so as I say

I will leave a link in the description

to wesk and if you use the code Elliot

prendy you can get 50% off of your first

month on the paid plans so we are just

going to click install and we will click

on install again once you install the

wesk app you will be prompted to create

a password for your account so just

entering a password and click on

continue and then you will be brought

over to the world desk dashboard and

from here we can go through the setup

guide so the first thing we are going to

do is enable the widget on our Shopify

store so click on enable now and then

you will be brought over to your Shopify

store so just toggle on the wesk app

embed and click on Save once you have

saved that you can head back to your

will desk dashboard and we will just

refresh this and then you should see a

green tick where it says add widget to

your website next up we are going to

edit the styling of our chatbot so click

on Style your widget appearance from

here you firstly can choose channels

that are available through your chatbot

so you can turn on WhatsApp if you want

to or you can just leave it as a live

chat and email you can also go and

toggle on some other blocks so we have

help center we also have after sales

order selfs service and Order track so

if you don't want to use any of these

you can simply untick them or toggle

them on you can also go and edit these

so if we click on edit for order track

and from here you can choose your order

sync time so I recommend to go for 60

days just in case customers come over to

your store and they still want to get

some updates about their orders as you

can see wesk also integrates with parcel

panel now we've already installed this

when we created our order tracking page

earlier so we don't need to worry about

this for now then we can just close this

we can now scroll down and we will see

visibility so you can choose to display

this at all times or only during

business hours I recommend to leave it

on at all times you can choose if you

want it on desktop and mobile or one or

the other I recommend to leave it on for

both you can choose which Pages you want

your AI chatbot to show on so I

recommend to just show it on all pages

but you can of course hide it on certain

pages so you can go and hide it on

product pages for example you just need

to add in a part of the URL I'm just

going to leave it on for all pages you

can of course set your business hours as

well so if you're open all the time you

can set your business hours and you can

choose your time zone so I am based in

London so I am just going to choose

Europe London if we scroll down you can

remove The wesk Branding if you upgrade

your plan so I'm just going to upgrade

the plan I am going to click on upgrade

now and now that I have upgraded my plan

I can choose remove powered by wesk next

if we scroll up we can click on content

and from here you can edit the content

so it's going to say hi first name I

recommend to just leave this as the

default and you can go and edit the team

introduction so you can just say

something like need help we've got you

covered you can then update your website

logo so we're just going to click upload

and you can just choose a square image

of your logo and click on open if we

scroll down you will see show randomized

agent avatars I recommend to just leave

this as the default you can of course

choose specific agent avatars if you

want to but I recommend to just leave

this as the default you can set your

reply and waiting times again I

recommend to just leave this as the

default and then you will see the chat

button so this is going to be this

little icon here you can toggle this on

or off if you want to you can also

upload your own image again I recommend

to just leave it as the default as you

scroll down you will see the button text

I recommend to just leave it as help you

can go and make your button smaller or

bigger if you want to I'm going to go

for the smallest and I'm going to go for

left position you can also choose

spacing if we go back to the top we can

go to language and you can choose

separate languages if you want to so you

can add a language switcher you can also

go and decide whether you want to add a

visitors browser language or location

language and you can go and change any

of the language here I recommend to just

leave it as the default when you're

starting off just to keep things simple

so I'm just going to leave everything

here as the default we can then click on

Save changes now there are different

widgets that you can edit so you've got

your chat button you've got your live

chat widget like this you also have your

welcome popup and you have your pre-chat

survey so you can go and edit any of

these as well just by clicking on them

and then you can simply edit them from

the side here as well again like I

mentioned I recommend to leave them all

as the default now one of the main

things you're going to want to edit is

of course the styling so if we come back

into content and we scroll all the way

down to the bottom you can go and edit

the styling so you can go and choose

your own colors if you want to so I'm

just going to go and choose the same

color that I'm using on my website you

can of course go and choose fonts as

well so I'm using the popins font on my

website so I'm going to go and choose

the popins font as well so that

everything matches the rest of the store

now you're going to want to do this for

all of the different widgets so if we

come to the live chat widget you can see

that The Branding has now been updated

if we come to the chat button the

welcome popup and also the pre-chat

survey everything has been updated so

now we can click on Save changes once

you are happy with how your AI chatbot

is looking you can now head back to the

willes home dashboard so now that we

have edited the styling of our chatbot

we can start our first conversation so

click on start your first conversation

so you will be brought over to the

homepage of your store and you will see

your chatbot down the corner whichever

side you chose so I'm going to click on

message us I am going to click on order

track I will enter in a name and email

address of one of my customers now for

you you can just enter in any type of

information don't worry too much and

then click on start chat from here a

customer will be prompted to enter in

their order number and email address or

their tracking number in order to track

their products so we can enter in a

tracking number and click on track and

now the customer will see all of the

updates for their order they can also

decide to chat with you as well so if

they click on chat with us and from here

they can start chatting with you now I'm

outside of my business hours that I set

within wesk so it's prompting me to

actually email instead so once you have

gone through that process we can head

back to will desk and now we can refresh

this and now that we have styled our

widget and started our first

conversation you can also connect

Facebook messenger and email to your

chatbot so click on connect Facebook

messenger and email and the first thing

we are going to do is connect Facebook

messenger and Instagram so click on

connect you will be prompted to log into

Facebook so just log into your Facebook

account associated with your store and

click on continue I am going to choose

the Facebook business profile associated

with my store and click on continue and

then I can choose my store's Facebook

page and click on continue I can also

choose my store's Instagram account and

click on continue and then we are going

to click on Save and then you can click

on got it you will then be brought back

to will desk and if you click on

Integrations you will see the Facebook

account that is connected to your wesk

account so now if a customer messages

you through Facebook Messenger or

Instagram DMS you will see that in your

willes account so you can come over to

where it says inbox and this is is where

you will see all of your customers

messages that you have connected to wesk

if we come over to channel you can see

that we have the different channels so

we have the website we have Facebook and

we have Instagram now you can also

integrate your store's email account

with real desk as well so you see all of

your stores emails here as well so if

you click app store and then from here

you can click on email and you can

integrate your store's email address so

we have Microsoft Gmail GoDaddy and

various others that you can connect so

depending on which type of email account

you're using you can go and choose the

right app integration to integrate your

Stores email account within wesk and

then you'll see all of your storees

emails in the inbox as well next up if

we come to automation from here you can

set up automations for your AI chatbot

so firstly you can set up an FAQ so that

when customers are looking for certain

types of information they can just ask

the chatbot and the chatbot can feed

this information back to them based on

the FAQs you set up so you can click on

use template and click on use template

again and from here you will see an

faq's flow for your store so if we

scroll into this flow diagram this is

essentially the flow diagram that a

chatbot will go through once you've set

it up so as you can see when a customer

visits the page they will be prompted

with a message saying how can we assist

you they can go and choose one of these

categories and each of these categories

flows off in into a new message you can

go and edit any of this message content

to update your customers on specific

things so for example if we see returns

and exchanges this comes down here and

then it will say I'm here to help could

you please give us more info about the

issue you're having then a customer can

choose one of these and then you can go

and edit this content here so it's

saying consider including details such

as the type of return offered your

return exchange window what items can be

returned so essentially you are just

going to paste your returns policy in

here and you can do this for every

single reply so if you see you've got

product question customer support track

your order you can go and edit all of

these flows however you can speed this

process up by using the AI agent

knowledge base so if we click on

knowledge base from here you can feed

Wes's AI chatbot with loads of

information from your store so if you go

and toggle on your products it's going

to take all of the information from your

product page and can feed this back to

customers when they ask questions about

it if we come to URLs you can go and add

URLs from your store to feed more

information to the chatbot so you can go

and add your FAQ page in here your

refund policy your shipping policy and

so on so if we click on ADD and I am

just going to add two URLs one for my

refund policy and one for my shipping

policy and click on ADD so now Wes's AI

chatbot will go and scrape these Pages

take the correct information

and then if a customer asks the AI

chatbot a question related to these

Pages the AI chatbot will feed that

information back to the customer so you

can click on preview answer and then you

can ask the AI agent a question so I'm

just going to say hi what is your refund

policy and click on send and because it

hasn't scraped my refund policy yet it

hasn't come back with an answer so if we

click on ADD question we can go and feed

it an answer so I'm just going to enter

in this answer here from my refund

policy as you can see

so we have a 30-day return policy which

means you have 30 days blah blah blah

this has been copied from my return

policy and I can click on save so you

can constantly train your AI chatbot

with new questions based on common

inquiries you are getting for your store

so it could be about a particular

product so if you're getting common

questions about a particular product

from your customers you can go and train

your AI chatbot to answer those

questions now let me show you a few of

the other flows you can set up so if we

come back to automation you do have a

proactive welcome message so you can go

and send your customers a discount for

example in the welcome message you do

have product recommendations and

discounts as well so again you can

recommend customers specific products

and send them discounts you do have

autoresponders based on specific

keywords so again it could be the

specific keyword refund and you are

autoresponders button I wouldn't worry

too much about this this is once you

start getting really big and growing

your store you can have multiple

customer service agents so that the

questions get sent to different agents

you have cart abandonment recovery I do

recommend to turn this on because then

when a customer comes over to your store

they will be prompted from the AI

chatbot to Simply go and finalize their

purchase if we scroll down you can see

we've got some other really cool ones

which can help you recover more sales so

you've got checkout abandoned product

removed from cart browse abandoned

return order cancel order and Report

issues so these are all related to

customer service so wesk can really help

you out it can help you increase Revenue

by recovering lost sales and it can also

help you reduce the amount of customer

service you need to deal with so we just

go and have a look at one of these for

example let's click on check out abandon

we can click on use template and you can

see what the template looks like so the

customer can click on checkout now and

go straight to the checkout or click on

continue shopping so you can simply

click on create flow and then your flow

will be set up if a customer does

abandon the checkout then they will be

prompted by the AI chatbot to go and

complete the purchase now there are a

few other cool things that you can do so

if we come over to the help center you

can go and create a help center for your

AI chatbot so you will see some common

questions that customers might ask so

for example what is your return policy

you can simply go and edit this article

so I've just copied the return policy

from my store and I'm just going to

paste this in here and click on Save

changes and now if we scroll down down

where we have what is your return policy

we are just going to toggle this on and

we can click on publish now if we come

back to our dashboard we click on style

our widget we can turn on the help

center and click on Save changes and now

we can click on preview and now if a

customer clicks on the chatbot they will

see that help center that we just turned

on and they will see that help center

article that we just created for our

return policy so you can go and create

as many help center articles as you want

again this will help you to reduce the

amount of customer service you need to

deal with especially when you start to

get a lot of sales next up if you come

over to customers in here you will see

all of the customers that have contacted

you via the AI chatbot you can sync this

with Shopify so then it will sync with

other platforms for example like clavio

if you want to do email marketing next

up we have report in here you'll see a

quick snapshot of all of the

conversations that have been created via

your AI chatbot so you'll see the

average time for First Response average

time for the customer closing how many

closed conversations and all of these

types of things so you can see how many

conversations your AI chatbot is

actually dealing with so this will help

you to see if you're utilizing it to its

full potential and then finally if we do

come back to the App Store and from here

you can integrate various different apps

for example WhatsApp if we scroll down

we can integrate parcel panel which we

have already done because we installed

parcel panel before we installed wesk so

all of our order tracking will be synced

with the AI chatbot as well in order to

remove the password from your store you

can go to online store you can go to

preferences I recommend to give your

homepage a title just name it the same

as your store's name and click on Save

and once you have saved that you are

going to scroll down and you will see

password protection just untick this and

click on save your store is now live to

the public so you can click on view

store and as you can see the store is

now live to to the public so if we go

over to shop we do come over to the

product page and customers are ready now

to start purchasing our products so in

the next lessons I'll be showing you how

to set up your ads so you can start

marketing your store and bringing in

some sales I hope you're enjoying the

tutorial so far now before we move on I

do just want to mention my private Drop

Shipping Community Dropship Discovery if

you join my private Community you can

work with me personally and I will help

you to scale your drop shipping stores

you'll get access to me via a private

one-onone chat where you can ask me any

question you have regarding building and

scaling your stores I run weekly Q&A

live course so you've got support every

step of the way and you also get access

to the slack group with all of my

private community members allowing you

to be part of a group of individuals all

working towards a similar goal of

growing their dropshipping business just

like I've done with my student Pedro who

has managed to scale his stores to

consistent and profitable $500 days my

name is Pedro Sierra I've been in

e-commerce for about a year now and like

most people starting out I didn't want

to pay for courses or mentorship because

I thought I could teach myself

everything on YouTube I was able to get

some sales but I wasn't profitable and I

couldn't scale anything to the point I'm

doing right now using Elliot

strategies and this is about a month

since joining Elliott's drop ship

Discovery group almost 18,000 in sales

about five or 6,000 profit on this and

expect more going into the fourth

quarter OT just doesn't give you advice

and leave he works with you directly to

optimize your store your landing page

connect it with private suppliers to

lower your cost of goods and shipping

you get weekly meetings modules that are

perfect for beginners real Hands-On

support and it's not just another

payment it's an investment so anyone

who's serious about this should join his

group because this is possible for

anyone so if you're interested in

working with me one on want to scale

your drop shipping stores check out the

link in the description to my private

Community drop ship Discovery and now

let's move on to the next part of the

tutorial in this module I'm going to be

showing you how to create your ad

creatives for your products before you

set up your first ads campaign so I'm

going to be showing you three different

methods that you can use to create ad

creatives in this module so let's get

straight into the lessons in this lesson

I'm going to to be showing you how you

can find ad creatives for your products

that you can then edit to use in order

to start testing those products now I

don't recommend to just download video

ads and use them straight away without

editing them make sure you are editing

these ad creatives to make them your own

this is going to help you improve the ad

creatives and also stand out from your

competitors and in the next lessons I'll

be showing you how you can edit the ad

creatives to make them your own so the

first place that you can find ad

creatives is the meta ads Library so

just go over to Google type in meta ads

library then we can simply go and search

all we can go to the ad category go for

all ads and then you can just go and

type in a keyword related to your

product so in this instance I am just

going to type in hydrogen water bottle

and hit enter I recommend it coming over

to the filters and coming to Media types

we can look for videos and I also

recommend looking for active ads because

inactive ads are ads that have performed

badly so you don't want to use those ad

creatives to test your products because

if the ad creatives have performed badly

it means that they weren't achieving any

sales and that's the reason why they're

inactive so go for active ads and hit

apply and I do recommend scrolling down

to find ad creatives that have been

running for at least one month so I'm

going to come down to May and now I can

see ad creatives that are still active

and they have been running for at least

a month so today is June the 2nd this

started running on May the 5th so almost

1 month so then we can simply go and

click on see details of these ads you

can rightclick on this and you can go to

inspect you can click on the inspect

arrow click on the video and then you

will see the link here so it should be

something like s content you can copy

this link and simply open a new tab and

paste the link in and then you will see

that ad creative you can click on the

three dots and click on download and as

I mentioned you are going to edit these

video ads to make them your own for your

own store in the next lessons so I will

show you how to do that but this is just

downloading some ad creatives and some

footage that you can use so the meta ads

library is a really great place where

you can do this so we will just close

this now and we will just close this ad

and you can simply scroll through you

might need to go and change the keywords

so for example if I couldn't find any

ads I could just type in hydrogen water

or hydrogen so you can type in different

variations of keywords related to the

product that you're trying to sell now

last but not least you can head over to

Tik Tok and again you can just type in

some keywords related to your product so

I've just typed in hydrogen water bottle

again and as you can see there is loads

of footage of this particular product

that I could use so you can simply go

and download these in order order to use

these to edit your video ad creatives so

I'll show you how to do that in the next

lessons as I mentioned now in order to

download one of these videos you can

simply click on the video now don't just

right click and click download because

when you do that you will download the

video and it will have a Tik Tok

watermark on it so what you are going to

want to do is just head over to Google

and type in download Tik Tok without a

watermark and you can use this website

here snap tick so when you go over to

snap tick you can simply go copy the

link from Tik Tok paste it in here and

click on download and then you can

simply go and download this Tik Tok

video so that you can use this in order

to edit your ad creatives in the next

lessons so that is how you can get some

footage for your products and in the

next lessons I'll show you how to edit

that footage in this lesson I'm going to

show you a video ad creative that I

created from scratch using my own script

and then I'm going to show you how how

to write these scripts for your own

video ad creatives and edit them so let

me show you the video ad creative first

and then I will show you how I came up

with the script and edited this video ad

have you heard of hydrogen water if

you're feeling sluggish and tired

throughout the day you'll want to get

more out of your water introducing the

nvo hill hydrogen bottle this Innovative

bottle infuses your water with molecular

hydrogen a powerful antioxidant linked

to increased energy improved hydration

and a stronger immune system join Sak

and thousands of others who love nvo

heels hydrogen water revive your day

naturally get your nvo heel bottle today

with our limited 50% off discount the

first thing you are going to want to do

is create the script for your video ad

and in the lesson notes below I will

leave a video ad script structure that

you can use to write video ad Scripts

for pretty much any product that you

want to sell so here is how the video ad

script structure works you have a hook

then you identify the problem or need

introduce the product highlight a unique

selling point or the product benefits

show some social proof and then a call

to action so the hook is the first 3 to

5 Seconds this is where you want to

capture the audience's attention so if

we come over to my video ad and for the

hook I've just used have you heard of

hydrogen water now I'm going to show you

how you can come up with hooks in just a

moment but like I say the hook is just

something that captures the audience's

attention so you can test out multiple

different hooks so I've just put here

test multiple Hooks and keep the rest of

the ad script the same so you can

essentially keep all of this part the

same and then you can just go and test

three to five hooks for your video ad

creative so as I mentioned the first

hook that I came up with was have you

heard of hydrogen water now questions

can work quite well when it comes to

writing hooks then the rest is fairly

simple you have identified the problem

or need so if we come back to the video

ad first we have the hook have you heard

of hydrogen water then we have identify

the problem or need so if I just go and

scroll across we can see that I I have

identified the problem so the problem is

are you feeling sluggish and tired so

you can see if I just let this play are

you feeling sluggish and tired

throughout the day so that's basically

my problem or need identified so if we

come back to the script here you can see

that I've got it here if you're feeling

sluggish and tired throughout the day

you'll want to get more out of your

water next up you introduce the product

so for me I've just said introducing the

nvo hill hydrogen bottle again this is

in the actual ad creative so if we come

over here you can see introducing the

nvo hill hydrogen bottle then the next

part is highlight the unique selling

point and product benefits this is

probably going to be the longest part of

the script and this is the bit that you

really want to focus on because you want

to sum up all of your product benefits

all the unique selling points about the

product in one sentence so I've just

said this Innovative bottle infuses your

water with molecular hydrogen a powerful

antioxidant linked to increased energy

improved hydration and a stronger immune

system then you can add some social

proof in there so social proof is

basically someone using the product and

you can have them actually talking about

the product if you want to within your

video ad ugc style which is user

generated content style so if we come

all the way over here we can see if I

just come past to the next bit you can

see this is where I have got my social

proof join Sarah and thousands of others

and then we have this girl here using

the product and then finally you have

your call to action so this is just

where you're prompting the audience to

go over to your site and you are

presenting them with the offer so I've

just said revive your day naturally get

your Novo Hill bottle today with our

limited 50% off discount so that is the

call to action the 50% off discount so

as you can see here is the final call to

action now how can you actually write

these scripts well you can either use

chat GPT or you can use Google Gemini I

have used Google Gemini in this instance

because chat GPT was down so all you

need to do is just write this prompt

into chat GPT or into Google Gemini so

I've just written write a Facebook ad

script based on this structure hook

create three to five different hooks

identify the problem or need introduce

the product highlight the unique selling

point SL product benefits social proof

call to action for this product and then

I have just put in the link to the

product from my website now I do

actually recommend using Google G Gemini

in this instance because sometimes chat

GPT will say that it can't access the

internet whereas if you do go and put a

product link into Google Gemini it will

actually allow it to access your product

page so that it can get some information

about your product and then it will come

up with some ad scripts so you can see

it's got hook one hook two hook three

hook four hook five and then it has got

the problem product unique selling

points social proof and call to action

now you don't need to copy and paste

this directly you can change some of the

text depending on the audience you're

targeting so because I'm targeting the

UK I've used language that is a bit more

relevant to the UK audience or the UK

Market I have just prompted Google

Gemini again and said rewrite the hooks

make them shorter I thought these hooks

were a little bit longer the hooks

should be short and snappy and try to

capture the audience's attention in the

end I didn't actually use any of the

hooks that Google Gemini recommended I

went and wrote my own hook have you

heard of hydrogen water I thought this

was a really good hook but you can of

course go and use any of the hooks that

are recommended as I say you don't need

to completely copy and paste the scripts

that they are writing for you you're

just using this to come up with ideas so

you can see for social proof they've

written thousands love nvo Hill see

Sarah K's experience I've just Rewritten

that to say join Sak K and thousands who

love nvo Hills hydrogen water as a

matter of fact on the actual ad I think

I put it as

thousands of others just to make it

sound a little bit more human so if we

come over to the ad we can actually

see join Sarah and thousands of others

as you can see so I have just Rewritten

what Google Gemini recommended for me

again if we scroll back up we can see

the call to actions that it recommended

so if we just come to this called to

action here take control of your health

and invest in your well-being and if we

see this to action here we can see

invest in your health I then just

prompted it again to say rewrite the ad

so it flows more naturally it gave me

this style of AD but I don't want this

style if Google Gemini or chat GPT does

try to Veer away from the ad structure

that I have provided you just go and

prompt it again and say use the same ad

structure because like I say this ad

structure works for pretty much any

product so now we can see it's got this

call to action here revive your day

naturally get your nvo Hill bottle today

limited offer again I have just

Rewritten this and said revive your day

naturally get your nvo Hill bottle today

without our limited 50% off discount so

you can just go and use Google Gemini

and chat GPT to give you ideas but use a

little bit of creativity and you can

always rewrite these to make them sound

a little bit more natural or a little

bit more relevant for your product once

you have got your script you are then

ready to create a voiceover so in order

to create a realistic voice over for

your video ad we will be using a tool

called 11 labs and 11 Labs allows you to

create the most realistic voiceovers for

your video ads they sound super

realistic and you can choose from

multiple different accents so you can

choose the right voice over that will

match your ad so will'll leave a link in

the description to 11 Labs if we do have

a look at the pricing you can get

started for complete free but you are

most likely going to want to upgrade

your account so you can get access to

more realistic voiceovers I personally

am on the Creator plan but you could

just start with the starter plan so as I

mentioned I will leave a link in the

description to 11 labs and from here you

can just click on get started all you

then need to do is enter in your email

address choose a password and then enter

in your payment details to sign up for a

subscription and you're ready to start

creating voiceover for your video ads

now I already have an 11 Labs account so

I'm just going to click on sign in once

you are signed in to 11lbs on the left

hand side you will see multiple

different tabs the ones we're going to

be using are text to speech and voices

so firstly we are going to click on

voices and this is where you can go and

choose the accents that you want to use

for your video ad voiceovers so you'll

see that there are a number of different

voices that are already in your 11lbs

account by default you can of course go

and add a different voice that you might

want to use so click on add a new voice

and from here you'll see a few different

options so you've got voice design

instant voice clone professional voice

clone and voice Library I recommend to

just get started with the voice Library

there are thousands of different voices

that you can choose from so you don't

really need to worry about designing

your own voice or cloning somebody

else's voice you can just choose a voice

from The Voice Library so click on voice

library in here you will see thousands

of different voices that you can choose

from now when it comes to choosing an

accent I recommend to choose a native

accent based on the country that you're

going to Target for your ads so if you

noticed at the beginning of the video

the video ad I have created has a

British accent and that is because I was

targeting the UK to sell that product

too so if you plan on targeting the UK

with your video ads you're going to want

to use a British accent if you plan on

targeting Australia you're going to want

to use an Australian accent if you plan

on targeting the US you're going to want

to use an American accent and so on so

search for voices that are relevant to

the country that you are going to Target

so for example if we wanted to Target

Australia I'd come over to the language

I will just go and choose English and

then I can come over to the accent and I

can choose Australian and now I will see

all of the different Australian voices

that I can use to create my voice over

for my video ad now you can simply just

start playing these to see how they

sound and to see if they will be good

for your ad so we can come onto one of

these and we can just hit the play

button sink into a deep

relaxation we can do a meditation a

sleep story or anything else that needs

a slow calming read so as you can see

this voice is quite deep and slow and

soft so when it comes to choosing a

voice for your voice over for your ads I

recommend to choose something that's a

little bit more upbeat and easier for

people to recognize so go for something

that's a little bit more generic so

let's have a look at the Stewart one for

example we will play this Here's To The

Crazy Ones The Misfits the Rebels the

troublemakers the round pegs in the

square holes the ones who see things

differently so I think this one sounds a

lot more appropriate when it comes to

creating a voice over so once you have

found a voice you like of course you can

go and search through all of these

different voices you see you've got

different categories over here narrative

story you've got social media

entertainment and TV you can go through

the trending voices you can change

accents and all of these different types

of things so you could go for a female

accent a male accent whatever one you

want to use once you have found it you

can simply click on ADD The Voice will

then be added to the voices that you can

use so if you click back to voices from

here you will see all of the voices that

you have added to your voice Library so

as you you can see I've got 30 slots

available I've only added 16 voices so

depending on what plan you are on with

your 11 lab subscription you will have a

number of slots that you can use you can

of course always go and remove one of

the voices from your voice library and

then add a different one if you want to

go and choose a different voice so once

you have chosen a voice that you want to

use for your video ad you can come over

to the text to speech tab what you are

going to do now is you are going to copy

your script and you are going going to

paste it in here so just make sure that

there aren't any spelling errors make

sure that there are spaces after the

full stops make sure that you've put

correct grammar so you've put correct

full stops you've put correct commas in

the right places and then over here you

can click on this drop down and you can

choose the accent that you want to use

so we'll going to find that Australian

accent that I just chose I believe it

was called Stewart so I just going to

scroll down and we can see Stewart here

so I'm going to choose this Australian

accent and then all you need to do is

click on generate speech and you can

hear what your voice over is going to

sound like have you heard of hydrogen

water if you're feeling sluggish and

tired throughout the day you'll want to

get more out of your water introducing

the nvo heal hydrogen bottle this

Innovative bottle infuses your water

with molecular hydrogen a powerful

antioxidant linked to increased energy

improved hydration and a stronger immune

system join sarak k and thousands of

others who love nvo heels hydrogen water

revive your day naturally get your nvo

heel bottle today with our limited 50%

off discount now if you don't like the

way it sounds you can simply click on

regenerate speech and they will go and

read it out in a slightly different way

don't worry if you're hearing some long

pauses after the full stops sometimes it

can take a little while for the voice

over to get going after a full stop so

if you do hear a long pause don't worry

you can EAS cut that out when we start

editing the video so once you are happy

with how your voice over sounds all you

then need to do is click on the download

button and this will be downloaded as an

MP3 file and then we can use that as the

voice over for our video ad so now that

you have created the voice over for your

video ad in the next part of the

tutorial I'm going to show you how to

start editing that video ad

so now that you have got the voice over

for your video ad in the next part of

the tutorial I'm going to show you how

to find footage that you can use in your

video ad and then we'll move on to

actually editing that footage along with

the voice over so we can create our

final video ad so now you've got your

voice over script and your footage for

your video ad creatives it's time to

edit it all together and create your

final video ad creative now if you're

not sure where to find good footage for

your video ad creatives check out the

timestamps in the description because I

show you how to do this step by step now

in order to start editing your video ad

creative we will be using a tool called

cap cut and this is an online software

video editing tool you can get started

for completely free but you are most

likely going to have to upgrade your

plan it does start at just $111 per

month so it is very affordable and I

think it's probably one of the easiest

Video Edit softwares out there when it

comes to editing video ad creatives they

make things super smooth and simple to

use so that's why we'll be using capcut

to create our video ad creatives because

you don't have to be an expert video

editor you can simply use capcut with

zero video editing skills and still

create a really great video ad creative

so I will leave a link in the

description to capcut and from here you

are going to click on try cap cut online

in the top right hand corner you will

then be pred to create a cap cut account

so you can decide how you want to sign

up I already have a cap cut account so

I'm just going to click on continue and

because I already have a cap cut account

I'm just going to click on sign in once

you create your cap cut account I want

you to click on go back to homepage so

we can start with a fresh canvas so

click on go back to homepage once you

are logged in to your cap cut account

and you click back to homepage you will

be brought back to your cap cut

dashboard from here we can click on

create new and we are going to go for a

9x 16 so these are usually the video ads

that you'll see on Instagram on Tik Tok

you can also go for 1 one but I prefer 9

by 16 so it depends on the footage that

you have downloaded most of the footage

will be 9 by6 so this is mobile view so

that's why we're going to create a

mobile view video ad so we are going to

click on 9x 16 you will now come to the

video editor timeline

and this is where we can actually start

creating our video ad creative in the

top corner here you will see 9 by6 so

just make sure that the ratio is correct

and now the first thing we are going to

do is drag our voice over that we

downloaded from 11 laps into cap cut so

you can simply click on upload or you

can navigate to it and simply just drag

it in like this now once you start

dragging in more footage and more

voiceovers you are going to have to

upgrade your C cut plan because you will

run out of space so like I say it does

start at just $11 per month it is very

affordable compared to a lot of video

editing softwares out there once you

have uploaded your voice over as you can

see I've got my 11 Labs voice over here

we are going to drag this onto our

timeline so just drop it onto the

timeline you will now see the voice over

in your timeline we are going to drag

our timeline player to the beginning of

our sequence and then we are just going

to drag our our voice over to the

beginning of the timeline you can then

simply hit play now if you notice over

here there's quite a long pause between

two sentences so I'm just going to play

that introducing the new so before he

says introducing there is a long pause

we can simply cut those pauses out very

easily you will see this split tool here

so what we can do is we can drag our

timeline player to just after the first

sentence ends so I'm just going to play

this until the first sentence ends more

out of your

water so as he says more out of your

water we are now just going to hit split

and then we are going to play it to the

beginning of the new sentence so I'm

going to hit play

again introdu and then he says

introducing so we're just going to drag

this just before he says introducing

introducing so we're just going to drag

this to about here

we can zoom into our timeline by

clicking zoom in and we can choose this

segment of our voice over and now we can

just drag it like this so now we've cut

out that big pause so now if we drag

these together we can simply hit play

again introducing the new and as you can

see one sentence ends and the next one

begins right away so now I am just going

to go and cut out any other pauses in my

voice over I have now zoomed out of the

timeline and as you can see I have made

a few cuts to remove any unnecessary

pauses in the voice over now what we are

going to do next is we are going to add

our captions so we are going to come

over to captions and we are going to

click on auto captions and we are going

to click on generate you can now see our

captions have been generated now what I

want you to do is I want you to go

through all of these and just make sure

the spelling and grammar is correct

so for example have you heard of

hydrogen water I'll come in here I going

to change this to a capital H and at the

end of the sentence I am going to put a

question mark next up where it says if

you're feeling again I will go and put a

capital I if you're feeling sluggish and

tired throughout the day you'll want to

get more out of your water and then we

are just going to come into introducing

and I'm going to put a capital I

introducing the novo hill now it's also

spelled my brand name incorrectly so I'm

going to come in here and I'm going to

make sure that it is spelled

correctly nvo Hill like this and then I

can simply copy this and I'm going to

replace it in any other areas where it

is spelled incorrectly for this part I

will go and change this to a capital T

this Innovative bottle infuses your

water with molecular hydrogen a powerful

antioxidant linked to increased energy

improved hydration and a stronger immune

system we can see next it says join SQ

well the original script is join Sarah

so we're going to change that to Sarah

join Sarah and thousands of others who

love Novo Hills again we're going to

change this to Novo Hills like this

hydrogen water and finally we will just

go and change this to a capital R revive

your day naturally get to your nvo Hill

again we will go and change this to the

correct spelling of the brand name get

your Novo Hill bottle today with our

this should be our with our limited 50%

discount and then what we're going to

want to do next is we're just going to

want to get rid of any gaps so make sure

that you drag this to the end of each

sentence so you're going to drag the

sentence so that there aren't any gaps

so we're just going to drag this make

sure you don't overd drag it so I've

just pressed contrl Z to not overd drag

it or contrl Zed like we say in the UK

so I'm just going to drag this

like this you can always zoom in to your

timeline to make sure that you are doing

this correctly so you can see there's a

small Gap here we're going to drag it

and that way there's always going to be

captions on the screen there's not going

to be any time where the caption isn't

on the screen don't drag it this way

don't drag it to the left because we

want the sentence to finish and then the

next sentence to start as it's being

said so make sure you drag it to the

right so now if we zoom

out we should see that there aren't any

gaps between any of our captions so I'm

just going to zoom in again and make

sure that there aren't any gaps between

any of these captions everything is

looking good so now we have our captions

you can go and edit your captions if you

want to so if you just go and click on a

caption you can click on where it says T

basic and then from here you can go and

edit the styling so if we come in here

you can go and edit the font you can go

and edit the colors and all of these

types of things so I'm just going to go

and edit the colors of each of these

captions so where it says fill I'm just

going to go and choose this yellow color

here so here we have this bright yellow

color then we can simply go and copy the

hex code for this from here so just copy

your hex code and then you can go to

each of your captions and you can go and

do the same you will also see styles so

you can go and edit the Styles if you

want to but I'm just going to go and

leave them as they are so I think they

look good like this just a simple yellow

like that so now we have our captions

the last thing we need to do I'm just

going to drag this caption to the

beginning of the timeline so now that we

have our captions the last thing that we

need to do is just go and add our

footage now when you're adding your

footage I recommend to add a new piece

of footage for every new sentence so you

can essentially use your captions to go

and add your footage so for example have

you heard of hydrogen water we can come

over to our media and you can start

uploading the media that you want to use

for your ad creative so again I

recommend to just have it in one folder

and you can simply start dragging it

into cap cut from here we can drag this

onto the timeline so we're just going to

drop this here and once you have

uploaded it then you can simply start

editing it so from here I am just going

to go and edit it like this so now we

can see we have the first part of our

video ad which is this girl with the

product saying have you heard of

hydrogen water for the second part of

the video I've said if you're feeling

sluggish and tired throughout the day

and I've got this video of this woman

looking super tired now you can go and

find this stock footage on websites like

pixels so if you go to pixels.com you

can search for copyright free stock

footage so I've just typed in tire woman

I could go and use this for example so

you can simply just go and download this

and then you can use this in your video

ad so I'm just going to go and drag this

onto the timeline and now with the stock

footage like this it might be a

different size so I'm just going to drag

it so that it is the same size as the

video and then I am just going to bring

it into the center like this so now

we've got this woman looking tired and

the caption says if you're feeling

sluggish and tired throughout the day so

now we can can just make sure that we've

got the right part where she's looking

super tired so we'll go from about here

so we can simply come into the footage

on the timeline and we are just going to

drag it like that and then we are just

going to finish it on this second

sentence so we will just drag it a

little bit like this to make sure that

it finishes on this second sentence so

we're just going to drag it like that

and like that so now if we go and hit

play have you heard of hydrogen water if

you're feeling sluggish and tired

throughout the day you'll want to now if

any of the footage that you're using has

audio you can simply go and remove the

audio by clicking on the mute button

here so now you will have muted all of

the footage in this timeline and you're

simply only using the audio from your

voice over now I'm just going to drag

this here so we only have one sequence

of audio sometimes when you're using cap

cut things can come out of place so

we're just going to drag this back up

here so we only have one piece of audio

and it's as simple as that now all I

need to do is simply start adding

footage for every new sentence until I

have my video ad creative so next up we

can drag this piece of footage in and

for the next part of the voice over it

says introducing the nvo hill hydrogen

bottle so I can simply go and have this

long piece of content here and I'm just

going to cut it just around

here so now it's like that so now we've

got a few different pieces of footage

for every single sentence and I just

going to do the same for these last few

captions and now I am going to go to the

second part of this footage which starts

here I will go and cut this just around

here and now I am just going to drag

this to where it says join Sarah now

just make sure that you are adding

relevant pieces of footage so that they

match your voice over so for example

this part of the voiceover says join

Sarah and thousands of others so I'm

going to want to go and show somebody

called Sarah using the actual product so

I am going to use this piece of video

here where the girl is actually using

the product so I'm just going to drag

this like this so now when it comes to

say join Sarah and thousands of others

who love nvo Hills hydrogen water bottle

it actually shows the girl so that way

the voice over is matching the footage

that is on the screen so now we're just

going to drag this down here and then

finally I have a piece of footage of

myself with the actual product that I

filmed so I'm going to use that for the

end of the video so I'm just going to

drag this in here and this footage is

going to be used for the end of the

video where it says 50% discount so now

I can simply come to the end of this

footage and just drag it so that it

matches to the final caption

so now you've basically got your video

ad creative if we just zoom out of the

timeline we can see we have our video ad

creative now of course you can play

around with the captions again so if you

come into basic you can go and change

the styling of your captions of course

you can go and play around with them and

use a bit of trial and error and choose

something that you like but I recommend

to keep it quite simple when it comes to

your video ad creatives just make sure

that your captions are easy to read the

next thing you're going to want to do is

add some music so you can come over to

audio and in here you can add some music

to your video ad now I recommend to add

some music that just flows well with

your video ad don't add anything too

crazy or too outlandish so usually pop

music works quite well so if we just go

and preview this hope City

[Music]

audio so I'm not really a big fan of

this so I'm going to come into pop and

from here I am just going to click

through some of these until I find one

that I think goes well with the video so

I think this one sounds cool summer deep

blue sky so if we just preview

[Music]

this you can see it's a very simple

audio track don't use audio tracks that

have lyrics because they're going to

distract the audience from the actual

voice over once you find some audio you

want to use you can click on this plus

button to add it to the timeline just

make sure that you drag it to the

beginning of the timeline so that it

starts with the rest of the video ad and

then we are going to come to the end of

the audio so this is quite a long song

and we are simply going to drag this all

the way to the end of the video ad so

let's just go and zoom out so we can do

this much easier so we're just going to

drag this all the way to the end of the

video at now you are going to want to

reduce the sound of your music so click

on your music track click where it says

basic here and you can reduce the volume

so I recommend to reduce it by about 35

DB so we're going to choose 35 you can

of course go and play your video ad to

see how it sounds so we're just going to

play this have you heard of hydrogen

water if you're feeling sluggish and

tired throughout the day you'll want to

get more out of your water so as you can

hear the music isn't too loud you can

still clearly hear hear the voice over

you can also go and add a fade

transition to your music so it doesn't

end abruptly so I'm just going to add a

fade transition we're just going to

allow it to fade out towards the last

couple of seconds so we're just going to

go and choose 2 seconds for the music to

fade out now of course the other thing

to remember is make sure that your shots

do look correct so you can see that you

can't really see the girl falling asleep

here so I'm just going to go and drag

this like this

so that you can properly see her tired

and falling asleep as a matter of fact

we could even drag it a little bit more

this way so now when we are watching

through the video ad we can clearly see

her tired and falling asleep so that it

is relevant to the actual voice over and

now if we just go to the end we can go

and hear our music Fade Out % off

discount and as you can see that is our

total video ad it's looking really good

we have our captions we have all of our

footage we have our voice over and we

have our music so now your video ad

creative is completely done just do one

final check so as you can see here it is

being cut off at the top so I just going

to drag it so make sure no footage is

being cut off there aren't any black

lines or anything around your video ad

and once it is ready to go all you need

to do is click on export once you have

clicked on that click on download and

then you can simply click on export

again cap cut will export your video so

just give this a few moments and then

you can simply click on download to

download the final MP4 video and use

that as your video ad creative one last

recommendation when it comes to getting

ad creatives for your products is to use

viral Ecom ads so they're essentially a

service that will go and create ads for

you so if you are struggling to find

footage for your product to create your

ad creatives you can always try viral

Ecom ads I have used them in the past

for many different stores and they do

have good quality video ads that you can

use as well as image ads and as I say if

you are struggling to find footage for

your product these guys have been

creating ads for years so they do have a

lot more experience in finding footage

for your ad creatives and they do have

some very affordable packages so if we

just go over to video ads and I click on

the video ad packages you can see that

they have the meta split testing ad

package for $60 so you basically get

four variations of your product for $60

you can also see that they have a single

meta add package for $40 and a Tik Tok

split testing package where you get

three different variations of ads for

your product for $50 if you want to try

out Tik Tok ads so all you need to do is

just click on their ad package you can

choose the quantity of ads that you want

you can choose if you want to resize the

videos you can also go and choose the

voiceovers and then you simply just need

to purchase the package once you

purchase the package they will send you

a submission form and that is where you

can go and add the link to the product

that you want to sell and I do also

recommend sending them an outline of

your script structure for your product

so that they have a basic idea of the ad

that you're looking for you can also

send them examples of ads that you want

to recreate so if you find an ad on the

meta ads library or on Mania or on Tik

Tok of your product you can also say can

you recreate this ad for me in a similar

style or a similar format so that way

you know you are getting ads that have

already performed because you're

recreating them based on ads that have

already performed you can also go and

ask for revisions and the ads are

delivered within one to 3 days so it's a

pretty quick turnaround so at the end of

this lesson I will just show you a few

examples of video ads that have been

created for me by viral Ecom ads and as

I say if you are struggling to find

footage for your products I recommend to

check these guys out and if you do use

the link in the lesson notes I have a

partnership with viral Ecom ads that

will allow you to get 15% off of your ad

creatives so they'll be even cheaper

than the price you see here so that is

just another thing to consider if you

are struggling to get ad creatives for

your products feeling stressed and

anxious the hydrogen water bottle is

here to help in just a week you'll feel

your stress melt away as your body

relaxes just Add Water water press the

button and sip your way to calmness

lightweight and easy to carry get yours

today and find your peace struggling

with focus and brain fog the hydrogen

water bottle is here to help clear your

mind and improve focus with hydrogen

infused water simply fill it up Press

Start and enjoy a refreshing drink it's

Compact and convenient design makes it

ideal for students and professionals on

the go sharpen your FOC focus and think

clearer every day Limited stock

available so don't miss out get yours

today and boost your brain

power I hope you're enjoying the

tutorial so far now before we move on I

do just want to mention my private Drop

Shipping Community Dropship Discovery if

you join my private Community you can

work with me personally and I will help

you to scale your drop shipping stores

you'll get access to me via a private

oneon-one chat where you can ask me any

question you have regarding building and

scaling your stores I run weekly Q&A

live calls so you've got support every

step of the way and you also get access

to the slack group with all of my

private community members allowing you

to be part of a group of individuals all

working towards a similar goal of

growing their dropshipping business just

like I've done with my student Pedro who

has managed to scale his stores to

consistent and profitable $500 days my

name is PED Sierra I've been in

e-commerce for about a year now and like

most people starting out I didn't want

to pay for courses or mentorship because

I thought I could teach myself

everything on YouTube I was able to get

some sales but I wasn't profitable and I

couldn't scale anything to the point I'm

doing right now using Elliot

strategies and this is about a month

since joining Elliott's drop ship

Discovery group almost 18,000 in sales

about 5 or 6,000 profit on this and

expect more going into the fourth

quarter OT just doesn't give you advice

and leave he works with you directly to

optimize your store your landing page

connected with private suppliers to

lower your cost of goods and shipping

you get weekly meetings modules that are

perfect for beginners real Hands-On

support and it's not just another

payment it's an investment so anyone

who's serious about this should join his

group because this is possible for

anyone so if you're interested in

working with me oneon-one to scale your

drop shipping stores check out the link

in the description to my private

Community Dropship Discovery and now

let's move on to the next part part of

the

tutorial in this module I'm going to be

showing you how to set up your first

meta ads campaign so make sure that you

follow through all of the lessons

thoroughly and you do complete the

actions after every lesson so you can

get your first ads campaign set up

correctly so let's get straight into the

lessons in this module I'm going to be

showing you how to set up meta ads now

meta is the overall platform but you

will be running the ads on on Facebook

and Instagram so essentially meta owns

Facebook and Instagram so just think of

it as you will be running Facebook and

Instagram ads but through the meta

platform so in order to run these ads

you do need to create a Facebook page

for your store and in order to do this

you can just log into your personal

Facebook account once you are logged in

you can click on this menu here and you

are going to click on create page you

can then create your Facebook page so

the first thing you are going to do is

choose a name so just choose the same

name as your store you can then choose a

category so just choose the category

that is related to the niche of your

store so in my instance I have just put

health and wellness website and then you

can just put in a small bio so I've just

said we sell products to help you

optimize your health then you can click

on create page you can then enter in the

URL of your website and entering your

professional email address don't worry

about a phone number and a physical

address location and you can just choose

always open for the hours and click on

next you can then add a profile picture

so in order to create a profile picture

you can just use canva 1080x 1080 pixels

and just drag your logo into the center

we are just going to click on Add

profile picture and I'm just going to

choose that image and hit open and you

can also go and add a cover photo again

you can just do this on canva so just

type in Facebook cover and you will see

a Facebook cover here and then you can

just go and create a simple Facebook

cover like I have done here so again we

will just go and click on ADD cover

photo and I'm just going to choose that

cover photo and hit open once you have

uploaded your cover image you can click

on next don't worry about connecting a

WhatsApp so just click on Skip and don't

worry about inviting your friends to

connect with your page just click on

next you can leave the notifications on

if you want to and then just click on

done it will will then say welcome to

your new page so just click on not now

and now you have created your Facebook

page in the next lesson we will create

an Instagram account for your store in

order to create an Instagram account for

your store just head over to

instagram.com and click on create new

account you can then enter in your email

address or your phone number enter in

your name choose the username that you

want to use and then choose a password

and click on next you can then enter in

your date of birth and click on next

you'll then be sent a confirmation code

so just enter that code in and click on

confirm you'll then be brought over to

your Instagram profile so you can just

click on profile and you can upload your

logo as your profile photo so just click

on your profile click on upload photo

you can choose your logo and click on

open you can then go and edit your

profile so click on edit profile you can

enter in a bio and if you do want to add

your website to your profile you will

need to log Instagram on your mobile and

you can go and edit your profile on the

mobile app once you have done this you

can click on submit if you do want to

edit these personal details you can

click on personal details under the

accounts Center you can click on your

Instagram account and where it says name

we can go and edit this so I'm just

going to change this to nvo Hill and

click on done and we can close the

account Center you can then go and

follow some other Instagram accounts

that are in your Niche so you can come

over to search and you can go and type

in some Instagram accounts that are

related to your Niche so I'm just going

to click on this and I am just going to

follow this account you can then go and

see who they're following and you can go

and follow some of these accounts as

well once you have followed some of

these accounts you can come back to your

profile and you can go and upload some

photos to your Instagram account so

click on share your first photo you can

select an image that you want to share

and click on open you you can click on

next you can add a filter if you want to

and click on next you can add a caption

and click on share it will then say the

post has been shared so you can close

this and then you will see that your

post has been shared I recommend to

share around 5 to 10 posts just so you

have some content on your Instagram page

once you have created these posts you

are now ready to connect your Facebook

page and your Instagram account to your

Shopify store so that is what we'll do

in the next lesson in order to connect

your Facebook page and your Instagram

account to your Shopify store you can

come to apps and click on app and sales

channel settings then click on Shopify

app store and then just type in meta and

you will see Facebook and Instagram so

just click on this app this is a

completely free app so you can click on

install and click on install again it

will then say accept cookies so click on

accept all and then click on get started

click on connect account and then log

into your Facebook account and click on

continue and then click on continue

again you can then choose your Facebook

page and click on connect you will then

be prompted to connect a business

portfolio so this is basically a

Facebook ads manager account so you will

need to create a new one so it should

say something here like create new but I

already have one so I'm just going to

click on select so once you have created

that business portfolio you can click on

connect it will then ask you to choose

your preference when collecting data so

choose maximum and click on save you

will then be prompted to connect a pixel

to track customer Behavior so click on

create new and then click on confirm you

can then agree to the terms and

conditions and click on submit for

review this review will take a few

moments so just leave this page for a

little while it will then say you're

ready to start selling on Facebook sales

channels so just click on done once you

have done this I want you to head over

to Google and type in meta bus suite and

click on the first link it will then say

metab business suite and you can log to

The Meta bus Suite using your Facebook

account and then click on get started

from here just make sure that you have

chosen the Facebook page of your store

and then you can click on connect

Instagram and then click on connect

click on continue and then you can log

into the Instagram account that we

created earlier so just click on login

you can then choose business and click

on next click on next you can choose

product or service and click on done you

can enter in your contact information

and click on Save and then click on done

and then you can click on continue it

will then say Instagram account

connected so click on done once you have

connected your Instagram account head

back to Shopify come into the Facebook

and Instagram app and click on settings

and then you can scroll down and you

will see connect additional Facebook

pages or Instagram accounts so click on

connect and then choose the Instagram

account that you just connected to your

meta business Suite so click on connect

so now we have connected our Facebook

page and our Instagram account to our

Shopify store as well as our Facebook

pixel and our meta business manager so

in the next lesson I'll show you how to

set up your very first ads campaign now

before you create any AD campaigns the

first thing I want you to do is make

sure that your Facebook pixel is set up

correctly so just head over to Google

and type in meta business suite and

click on the first link and then just

click on get started and from your meta

business Suite go to all tools and click

on settings you are then going to scroll

down to data sources and click on pixels

from here you should see the pixel that

you created earlier when we were

connecting Facebook and Instagram to our

Shopify store so click on this pixel and

you can click on open in events manager

now you can rename this pixel if you

want to so I have just named this pixel

nvo Hill Shopify store so if you click

on this pencil icon you can just rename

the pixel if you want to next up we are

going to go to settings and you are

going to click on share with an ad

account so just click on this from here

you are going to click on assign people

you are going to tick on view pixels and

manage pixels and then just click on

select all and click on assign it will

then say people added so just click on

done once you have assigned people next

up you are going to click on assign

assets and then you are going to choose

your ad account and click on ADD it will

then say assets added so click on done

once you have assigned the people and

the assets you can now check if your

pixel is available when you create a

campaign so we can come over to all

tools and click on ads manager now don't

worry we're not actually going to create

a campaign just yet we just want to test

if our pixel is available once we create

a campaign so we are going to click on

create choose sales and click on

continue choose manual sales campaign

and click on continue scroll down to

where it says use catalog just turn this

off and click on next and then you can

scroll down and you should see pixel

click on this and you should see the the

pixel for your store if this is

available that means your pixel has been

set up correctly and you can move on to

the next lesson so what we are going to

do now is we are just going to close

this you can click on close you can

click on campaigns just select this

campaign that we just created and we are

just going to delete this for now and

click on delete and in the next lesson I

am going to show you how to set up your

payments correctly before we actually

create a campaign before you set up any

AD campaigns you want to make sure that

your billing has been set up so you can

pay for your advertising and your

account doesn't get restricted so in

order to set up your billing just come

to settings from The Meta business suite

and scroll down to Billings and payments

on the left hand side you will see

payment methods and under Add accounts

click on select account and choose your

add account from here you can click on

ADD payment method and then you can

simply connect a debit or credit card or

your PayPal account to your ads account

so I'm just going to close this once you

have done that you can come to accounts

and you will see your ad account with

your payment method you can click on

these three dots and click on view

details you want to go and change your

payment threshold to your daily budget

so my current daily budget is £40 so I'm

going to come in here and just change

this to £40 so once you have spent the

amount you enter in here on ads it will

be taken out of your account so you can

click on Save and then you can click on

done and the reason that I recommend to

set your payment threshold quite low in

the beginning is because you will have a

daily spending limit which most likely

will be set by meta and it will be quite

low and if you are keeping up to date

with your payments for your ads they

will increase your spending limit

slightly quicker from my experience so

this is a brand new account so I just

want to show you how it works when you

are spending from a brand new account so

you will have this daily spending limit

but the more you spend on ads this limit

will go up slowly slowly so if we just

come into one of my other ads accounts

so if I come into this one and you can

see for this ads account that my daily

spending limit is

$75,000 Australian dollar so that's a

really high daily spending limit and

that is because I have spent regularly

on this ads account I have never missed

payments I've kept up toate with my

payments so if you do this regularly

eventually meta will up your daily

spending limit and it's really important

that your daily spending limit is

increased because when you actually

start to scale your ads you will need to

have a high daily spending limit

threshold so just make sure that you

have a valid payment method on your ads

account make sure that the money in that

account doesn't get too low so that you

don't miss payments or you don't have

enough in that account to pay for your

ads and make sure that you are paying

for your ads regularly and that way

eventually as you continue to spend on

ads your daily spending limit will be

increased by meta and when it comes to

scaling you will have enough daily

spending limit to actually scale your

ads so now that you have everything set

up you are ready to start creating your

first meta ads campaign but I do just

want to go over a few things before we

actually get into the Practical

step-by-step lessons of setting up a

meta ads campaign so in this lesson I do

want to cover the meta ads structure

because this is going to make things

slightly easier for you when you go to

create your first campaign so with meta

ads they are structured in this manner

you have the campaign then you have the

ad set then you have the ad so if I head

over to the meta ads manager as you can

see you have the campaign you have the

adets and then you have the ads so the

campaign is basically what you want to

achieve in our instance we are in

e-commerce Drop Shipping store so we

will want to achieve sales but there are

other campaign objectives like brand

awareness but as I say as a Drop

Shipping / eCommerce store you'll always

want to achieve sales or purchases so

don't worry too much about that when we

go to create the campaign we are just

going to Simply choose sales as our

campaign objective next up you have the

ad set so if we come back into the meta

ads manager I can click onto the adset

as you can see I've got loads of

different adsets here for the store that

I showed you in the case study and the

adset is basically who do you want to

Target so this is where you can choose

the country that you want to Target the

ages the demographics you can also

choose interests so this is where you

can add interest targeting so you can

choose interests like dogs or hiking

there are literally thousands of

different interests that you can Target

on Facebook so just think of the adset

as who you want to Target and then

finally you have the ad so if we

actually come into the ads section of

the meta ads structure you can see this

is where you actually create your ad

creatives so this is going to be the

video or image that you use and the

sales copy so the text that you use for

your ad and that's basically for The

Meta ads structure you have the campaign

what do you want to achieve you have the

adset who do you want to Target and you

have the ad the actual video and text

that you are going to use and meta ads

is very simple when you break it down

this way so don't get too confused conf

used don't be too overwhelmed meta ads

is a very simple platform in this lesson

I want to talk about campaign budget

optimization versus adset budget

optimization so in the last lesson we

went over the meta ads structure so you

do have the campaign and you do have the

adsets now in terms of the budget

allocation you can choose to allocate

the budget at the campaign level or at

the adset level again don't let this

overwhelm you once I explain it you will

see how simple it is so if we do just

come into my meta ads manager we will

come back to the campaigns and I am just

going to scroll across and we will just

go and filter this by the results so

basically we're having a look at which

adset got the most website purchases so

now if we scroll across you can see that

a lot of these say using adset bid

strategy and that is what is known as

adset budget optimization okay okay

so basically as I've mentioned with meta

you can allocate the budget at the

campaign level or at the adset level now

basically what this means is if you

allocate the budget at the campaign

level so you can see these two campaigns

here the budget has been allocated at

the campaign level so when I click on

campaigns you can see these two

campaigns and I have set both of these

campaigns to $20 per day now when you

allocate the budget the campaign level

you're basically giving meta the power

and the freedom to spend the budget as

it sees best fit so if I actually choose

this campaign let me tick this campaign

as you can see right now it's set to $20

per day but it did get much higher than

this but if I actually come into the

adsets there are two adsets in this

campaign but because I have allocated

the budget at a campaign level so if I

set this to $20 per day basically meta

will go and spend the budget on

whichever adset it thinks is performing

better so that is why when you choose a

CBO campaign budget optimization you are

giving meta the power and the freedom to

go and spend the budget where it thinks

it will get the most sales so you're

basically giving meta the control to

actually go and spend your budget for

you that's not a bad thing meta is very

Advanced it has really great AI systems

that can work out where to find the

customers for you and which adsets and

ads the budget should be allocated

towards so don't worry about giving meta

the freedom and the power because that's

actually what it has been created for it

is a very Advanced tool it tries to make

things very simple for advertisers so

when you go and set the budget at the

campaign level known as cbbo you are

basically just giving meta the freedom

to go and allocate the budget where it

sees best fit for the adsets and for the

ads so you can see in this particular

campaign I have two adsets one was

targeting the games interest and one was

targeting the college interest so now

I'm basically allowing meta to decide

which one it will spend more money on

and it does that based on the

performance so it will see which adet is

getting the most purchases which one is

getting the cheapest cost per click the

cheapest cpms and it will basically

allocate the budget towards that adset

and it does the same with the ad

creatives as as well so if one

particular video is performing better

people view it for longer people engage

with it by liking it and sharing it then

meta will go and allocate more of your

budget towards that so in this instance

if we set it to $20 per day it might

give $15 to one adset that's performing

better and only $5 to the other adset

because it isn't performing as well so

like I say with CBO you're basically

just giving meta the power that's the

best way to think of it with CBO you are

giving meta the control now with adset

budget optimization known as you're

giving your self the control so if we go

back to the meta ads manager I can go

and choose one of the other AD campaigns

so let's choose this campaign here which

performed really well and as you can see

it says using adset budget so in the

actual campaign I haven't allocated any

budget if we go into the adsets you can

see I've got loads of different adsets

in here and I'm allocating the budget

myself so you can see this top one that

got the most website purchases has the

highest budget you can see this one that

has the second highest amount of

purchases has a slightly lower budget

and then this adset here has an even

lower budget so I'm actually allocating

the budget myself based on how each

adset performs now both of these do work

CBO campaigns and campaigns do work

but we are going to start out with with

a cbbo where we give meta the power and

that's because it's easier when you're

first testing products to just allow

meta to do its thing let it use its AI

to figure out where your customers are

and who your best customers are and who

to show your ads to once you actually

start getting regular sales and you'll

start turning a profit and you want to

scale then you can go and test out AOS

and the reason people use abos is

because it gives you more freedom to go

and test out different things so as you

can see for this particular campaign

there are loads of different adsets in

here so if I was to leave this on a CBO

where I go and simply just set the

budget at a campaign level and allow

meta to allocate the budget because

there's so many different adsets some of

them might not actually get any

attention and they might not get enough

spend to see if they actually work so

once you start testing out new things

and you're trying to scale a product and

you're testing out lots of different

adsets that's when you'll want to use

where you allocate the budget

yourself instead of allowing meta to do

it because you want to give each adet

enough budget to actually test it

properly and allow it to see if it will

actually work whereas with CBO sometimes

a particular adset or a particular ad

creative can completely monopolize the

campaign so what you'll notice is when

you create a CBO sometimes meta will

just go and allocate all of the budget

to one ad set or one ad creative and all

of the others don't really get a fair

chance to see if they actually work so

you don't really get to test them out

properly however when you just are first

testing a product which we will be doing

for your first campaign and when you are

creating a first campaign for any

product and you're just testing out CBO

works just fine CU all we're just doing

is seeing if we can get some initial

sales and interest in the product and

seeing if we can break even or make a

tiny bit of profit before scaling that

product up so this is kind of high level

don't stress too much about it if you

are finding this slightly complicated

don't worry too much about it for now I

did just want to go and touch on this

before you created your first campaigns

so you are aware of CBO versus we

will be starting with a CBO so we'll be

starting with campaign budget

optimization where we are giving meta

the power to allocate the budget to the

adsets and to the ads itself where it

sees best fit as I say don't let this

overwhelm you it isn't too important at

this moment but but I did just want to

make sure that you were aware of it

before we created the first campaign in

this lesson I do want to cover broad

targeting versus interest targeting so

as I mentioned when you are creating

your adset you are choosing who you will

Target now when it comes to Broad

targeting you're basically leaving

everything as the default and you're

just choosing the country that you want

to Target this means that you have a

really large audience but this is a

really great way to test products

because meta has so much data and its AI

is so powerful that it can actually find

customers for you based on all of the

data that it has collected over the

years from its users so you don't really

need to put specific targeting in like a

specific age group or a specific gender

or a specific interest because meta can

do all of the hard work for you with all

of the data that it has and its Advanced

AI now when it comes to interest

targeting this is where you can choose a

specific interest interest to narrow

your audience Down based on the category

or the niche of the product so I will

just give you an example if we come into

my ads if I come back over to the

campaigns I can show you an example so

let me just go and choose this

conversion campaign here and if we come

into the adsets I had two interest

targeting campaigns so if we just go and

click on edit on this games adset and

this is an example of an interest

targeting campaign so if I just go and

click on this I can now scroll down and

I can show you that I was targeting

these interests here so people that were

interested in games board games or card

games and I excluded the Drop Shipping

interest because I didn't want drop

shippers to see my store so under

detailed targeting is where you can go

and choose interests that are related to

the category or niche of your product

not all products will have have relevant

interests however you can easily go and

just use a bit of trial and error so

like I say I just typed in games board

games or card games so there are loads

of different interests that you can

potentially Target now in terms of a

broad campaign if we come back to

campaigns and I'm just going to untick

this campaign and I will tick this

campaign here if I come into the adsets

here you can see no interest ad so if I

click on edit on this one you can see

that this is a complet completely broad

campaign so if I just scroll down you

can see in terms of the targeting

everything is left as the same the age

is the same the genders is the default I

haven't chosen any interests all I've

done is just choose the location so

that's essentially how broad versus

interest targeting works as you can see

they both worked fairly well so if we go

back to campaigns you can see the

campaign that got the most website

purchases was a broad campaign but you

can also see these two conversion

campaigns here that did use interest

targeting got a fairly decent amount of

website purchases as well so just over

2,100 purchases these of course got

14,000 way more but you can test Broad

and interest targeting for your products

just to see which one works we are going

to start with broad because as I say

meta has so much data and its AI is so

Advanced that it's easier to just start

with a board campaign campaign and see

if it can find customers for you but you

can always go and test some interest

targeting campaigns later on when you're

trying to scale or you are trying to

find new customers for your product

again don't worry don't be overwhelmed

by all of this information just remember

we are going to start with a broad

campaign where we're simply just

choosing the location adding out ad

creatives and letting meta do the hard

work for us in this final lesson before

we actually start setting up your first

camp cign I do just want to cover the

most important metrics that you'll want

to keep an eye out for now don't worry

once you actually start running your

first campaign I'll show you how to look

at the metrics in more detail but I just

want you to keep these three metrics in

mind because these are really the most

important ones you have cpms otherwise

known as cost per Millie or cost per

1,000 Impressions and this is basically

how much it costs for your ad to be seen

by 1,000 people now ideally you will

want this to be under $40 if it's any

higher than that then it is going to be

hard for you to make a profit so if we

come into my meta ads manager and I just

scroll across on my campaigns you can

see that my cpms are very cheap $12 $2

$10 14 13 so all quite low this one even

$24 which is probably the highest one is

still relatively cheap now a lot of

these campaigns were started some years

ago So Meta has has got slightly more

expensive and that is why I recommend

that you want to look for just under $40

$30 of course if you can get it cheaper

than that then that's going to be even

better but you really want to be under

$40 $40 at a maximum if you're seeing

cpms like $80 $100 $50 $60 it is going

to be hard for you to make a profit

because your ad isn't getting shown to

enough people for you to get enough

traffic for you to get enough sales

because the more it costs for you to

show your ad to people the more you're

going to pay for somebody to actually

click through to your website and that

means it's going to be harder to get

more purchases for a cheaper price so

like I say just bear in mind with cpms

you want to keep them under $40 next up

you have cost per click CPC you want to

keep this under $1 so if we head back to

my meta ads manager you can see my cpc's

63 cents 23 cents 52 Cent 62 48 47 this

one was slightly expensive but most of

them are under $1 so if you notice that

your cpcs are under $1 then you've got a

much higher chance of making a profit

with your product so bear those both in

mind so far if your cpms are under $40

and your cost per clicks are under a

dollar then you have a much higher

chance of making a profit with your

product and then last but not not least

is the cost per purchase and this is the

most important metric it doesn't matter

what other people say this is the most

important metric trick because this is

how much it actually costs you to

acquire a customer so if we come back

into my meta ads manager you can see my

cost per result otherwise known as cost

per purchase and as you can see $253

$22.77 $129

$10.56 now the way you can work out what

your cost per purchase is all you need

to do is find your sales price minus off

off your cost of goods and this is going

to be your break even cost per purchase

so if we come back in here if I'm

selling my product for $50 and it cost

me $20 to fulfill then that means I've

got a $30 margin and then if my cost per

purchase is $15 then that means I make

$15 profit my margin is $30 it cost me

$15 to acquire a customer my cost per

purchase and then I've got $15 which is

the actual profit at the end of

everything so all you need to do is have

a look at your sale price if you're

selling it like I say for example for

$50 have a look at how much it costs you

to fulfill if it cost you $20 to fulfill

you have $30 margin so you want to keep

your cost per result otherwise known as

cost per purchase under $30 and that is

how you are going to make a profit and

the reason that I say that this is the

most important metric because at the end

of the day with dropshipping the most

important thing is are you making a

profit so if your cost per purchase is

looking cheap then you can continue to

increase your ad budget and scale it and

if you can keep your cost per purchase

below your actual margin you'll always

make a profit so those are the most

important metrics to look at and I did

just want to cover all of this before

you created your first campaign so that

you have the basic information that you

need before creating your first meta ads

campaign again don't let this

information overwhelm you we will be

looking in more detail at the metrics in

the later lessons but I wanted to just

make sure that you were aware of this

before you created your first campaign

so now that we've gone over all of this

in the next lessons we can finally start

setting up your first test campaign for

your first product so you can finally

start creating your first campaign in

order to test your first product from

your store so from your meta business

Suite come to all tools and you are

going to click on ads manager from the

ads manager under campaigns you are

going to click on create you are going

to choose sales and click on continue

you are going to choose manual sales

campaign and click on continue for the

campaign name you are just going to name

this after the product that you will be

testing so I've just called this

hydrogen water bottle then we can scroll

down where it says use catalog you can

just turn this off and then you can

scroll down leave AB testing off and

then you will see Advantage campaign

budget you are going to turn this on so

this refers back to the earlier lesson

where I walked you through CBO versus

by turning this on you are creating

a CBO campaign campaign budget

optimization if you leave this off you

will be on an campaign where you can

allocate the budgets to the adsets

yourself now initially it doesn't really

matter too much because we're only going

to have one adset anyway so we will be

deciding to allocate the budget at a

campaign level or at an adset level but

either way because we only have one

adset it's not too important right now

but when you get to the scaling lessons

it will be slightly more important to

choose CBO versus but for now we are

going to turn this on and choose a CBO

and for your daily budget you are just

going to set your daily budget to the

same amount that you're selling your

product for so if I just come over to my

product I am selling this for 40 so I'm

going to set my daily budget to £40 so

if you're selling your product for $50

then you can set your daily budget to

$50 of course mine is in pound so just

do it in the equivalent to the currency

that you are using so I will just go and

set this to A40 daily budget so you're

going to do the same if you're selling

your product for $50 you are just going

to set your daily budget to $50 if

you're selling your product for $60 set

your daily budget to $60 and then you

can simply just leave everything else as

the default and click click on next for

the adset name you can just name it

after the country that you will be

targeting and because it's going to be a

broad adset we are just going to call it

broad again this refers back to one of

the earlier lessons where I mentioned

broad targeting versus interest

targeting so I'm going to be targeting

the UK and I just going to be leaving

everything else as the default so we're

going to go UK broad so now I am just

going to scroll down we will leave the

performance goal as maximize number of

conversion

and then you can choose your pixel so

click on pixel and choose the pixel for

your store and then you will see

conversion event just make sure that you

have chosen purchase conversion and then

we can scroll down to where it says

budget and schedule now I am just going

to set my ads to start at midnight the

next day so I am just going to choose

the next day and I'm just going to come

in here and choose midnight so we are

just going to choose that we won't set

an end date because we are going to

monitor our ads ourselves and we can

decide whether we are going to shut the

ads off based on the product's

performance and I'll be showing you in

the next lessons how to read your

metrics and decide whether you should

turn your ads off and move on to a new

product or continue running your ads and

trying to scale your ads so for now just

leave the end date then we can scroll

all the way down and this is where you

can choose your locations so if you

click on more you can come into here and

you can click on edit and you can simply

search for a location and choose this so

if I wanted to run my ads to the United

States I can simply come in here and

type in United States and I can simply

choose the United States and then I can

of course just delete the United Kingdom

by clicking this x button now I'm just

going to run my ads to the UK so I'm

just going to get rid of the US for now

you will see your estimated audience SI

as well so this is quite a large

audience and meta will tell you whether

your audience is Broad or too small so

now we can simply continue to scroll

down we are going to leave everything

else as it is because as I mentioned we

are going to be running a broad campaign

so now we can scroll down again and

where it says placements we are just

going to leave this as the default so

now we can click on next now we are

going to set up our ad creatives that we

created in the last module so have your

ad creative videos ready and we are

going to add these to our first campaign

now you can just give your ad creatives

a name so I just like to name them so it

can remind me of which ad I'm using so

firstly I'm going to say video ad one my

edit so that's going to be the video ad

that I edited myself and then I am going

to use four ad creatives from viral Ecom

ads so I would just name Those ads viral

Ecom ads video One viral e ads video 2

and I have saved them on my laptop as

the same name so that way I can easily

check which ad is performing the best so

this is going to be my first ad creative

video ad one my edit then we can choose

our Facebook page so we can come in here

and choose the Facebook page that we

created in the earlier lessons and then

we can go and choose our Instagram

account so you can go and choose the

Instagram account that you created as

well now we can scroll down and it's

going to say create ad so we want to go

for a manual upload and we want to go

for a single image or video so we can

just go and toggle on ADD preview and we

are going to click on ADD media and then

you will see add media here we are going

to click on ADD video you can click on

upload and you can choose the ad

creative that you want to use and click

on open the video may take a little

while to upload so just give this a few

moments and once the video has finished

uploading you can just click click on

next you shouldn't need to trim your

video as we've already edited it so we

can just click on next you can of course

crop your videos to see how they'll look

on different devices so if we just go

and crop these videos we can see how

they're going to look on different

devices so just make sure that you've

edited your videos so that they don't

get completely cropped of course if some

important information is getting cropped

out then you can simply just revert back

to the original like this that's totally

fine and and I'm going to do the same

here because some of the captions are

getting cropped out however you can of

course go and play these as well so if

your captions or an important part of

your video is being cropped out you can

always just revert back to the original

size of the video now we are just going

to click on next you can leave the

optimizations on and click on done you

will then see previews of your ad on the

right hand side next up we are going to

write the primary text now when it comes

to writing the primary text you can just

go and have a look at some of your

competitor ads and you can try and use

some of their copy and rewrite it

slightly so I've just gone and opened up

some of the competitor ads here as you

can see here's one here's another one

here's another one and here is one more

but the one I really like is this one

here so I am just going to copy this and

I'm actually just going to rewrite this

slightly for my own primary text so I'm

just going to paste this in here and I

have just gone and edited this text so I

have added in some emojis I have said

hydrogen water fuels the body and mind

and down the bottom I have just added

shop now to enjoy up to 50% off the

original was 45% off for your headline

you can just put in get yours today with

this little finger emoji and for your

description I've just put 50% off sale

now on and that is because I do have

this 50 % discount on my store so you

can just go and add in whichever

discount you are using for your

particular product so once you have gone

and you have written all of your copy we

can simply scroll down for the call to

action we are just going to change this

to shop now so we are just going to

scroll down and choose shop now and now

we can scroll down further we can leave

everything else as the default for our

website URL we are going to want to put

in the UR L of our product page so just

go and get your product page URL from

Shopify so you can just head over to

Shopify click on your IE icon click over

to your product page and you can simply

copy this and then we are simply just

going to paste this in here don't worry

about the display link so we can simply

scroll past all of this and now we will

see website tracking now the website

events should already be set up because

we connected our pixel to our Shopify

store when we connected Facebook and

Instagram to our Shopify store in the

earlier lessons using the Facebook and

Instagram sales channel app on Shopify

so you are just simply going to choose

website events and then you are going to

go to the dropdown and just select your

stores pixel it should show with this

little green button like I say because

we have connected our Shopify Store to

our meta ads account so now we have

created our first ad creative and we are

simply just going to start with one

campaign for the first product that

you're going to test with a broad ad set

and we are going to have four ad

creatives at a minimum of course if you

want to test more you can but I

recommend to start with four ad

creatives so what we are going to do is

we are going to click on these three

lines and click on duplicate we are

going to choose original campaign and

click on duplicate and now we have a

copy of that first ad creative so now we

can simply scroll up we are going to

leave everything else the same except

for the media so we are going to swap

out the video we will leave the copy

exactly the same and then we can simply

just go and change the name so I am just

going to click on remove all and now we

are going to click on ADD media add

video we are going to upload a video and

you can go and choose your second ad

creative that you want to use and hit

open once the video uploads you can

click on next don't worry about trimming

your video so click on next again you

can of of course crop your videos if you

want to I'm going to click on next and

then you can click on done and finally

we can just scroll to the top and we are

just going to change the ad name so I've

just changed this to video ad one viral

Ecom ads and now I am just going to

duplicate that two more times so then I

have my four ad creatives so I'm just

going to repeat that process two more

times so all we need to do is click on

here click on duplicate choose original

campaign and click click on duplicate

I'm just going to name this one video ad

2 by viral Ecom ads and then I am just

going to scroll down and I am just going

to swap out the media so this one is

still uploading so I am just going to

wait for it to upload and then I'm just

going to replace it with a new video so

I have just gone and replaced that video

with another video ad creative as you

can see and now I have four video ad

creatives so we are ready to publish our

first campaign and start testing our

first product but before we publish the

campaign just go back to your adset and

when you scroll down on your adset just

make sure that the conversion event that

you have chosen is a purchase conversion

event because this is the event that we

want to optimize for purchases there are

a few other events in here like add to

cart add payment info and things like

that but we want to get purchases so

make sure you choose that and then you

can finally just click on publish it

will then say publishing so just give

this a few moments and then it will say

multiple items published so we can just

close this and now if you go back to

campaigns you will see that your

campaign is scheduled so your ads will

now go into review so if we click on ads

they will say processing and then they

will go into a review and once the

review process has been completed your

ad campaign will start running at the

date and time you set it to and your ad

will start being shown to people so in

the the following lessons I'll be

showing you how to review the metrics of

your campaigns for any particular

product and how to decide whether you

should turn them off and move on to a

new product or whether you should

continue spending and trying to scale

that product in this lesson I do want to

cover a common mistake that a lot of

beginners fall for when they first start

running meta ads and that is having

people reach out to you via email and in

the comments claiming to be from meta

and trying to scam You by saying that

they're going to shut your meta account

down or have it restricted so if I just

scroll into the comments you can see

that I have this comment here saying

that my page has received a copyright

warning these are scammers so if you

receive anything like this or you

receive emails claiming a similar thing

about copyright ownership they're going

to shut your account down or suspend

your account is most likely coming from

scammers and the best way that you can

see this is by having a look at the

actual link or the email address that

these comments are coming from so if we

actually have a look at this link they

want me to click on this link to send

them a disclaimer and as you can see

it's got meta center. us well this is

not a real link and this will be the

same from emails that you might receive

claiming to be meta just make sure that

you look at the email address in 99% of

cases meta will not email you or reach

out through the comments they simply

will just restrict your account and you

have to appeal that restriction directly

through the meta business manager not

via email or through comments so don't

fall for scams like this they are always

99% of the time scammers that will be

emailing you these types of things or

leaving comments so you can simply just

delete the emails and you can come in

and delete the comments so like I say

this is just a small lesson I did want

to give for some of the beginners out

there that might receive things like

this and you are panicking and thinking

that your account is going to be

restricted or banned do not click on

these links do not engage with these

emails because they will get your

information and they are potential

scammers so here is an example of an

email you might receive from these

scammers as well and as you can see it

looks fairly legitimate it has meta for

business and it has this button here

saying request review and it is saying

prohibited content copyright

infringement all of these types of

things so make sure that you look at the

email address that it is sent from if we

have a look at the email address you can

see that it ends in at outlook.com or it

will end in something that is not meta

or Facebook Affiliated so just double

check for this because like I say most

of the times these are scams you click

on the link and it will go and bring you

somewhere where it can go and add a

virus to your computer or try and get

some of your data so just be be aware of

these scams always make sure that you

are looking at who is posting the

comments who is sending these emails and

try to avoid these scams as best you can

in this lesson I'm going to be showing

you how you can read the metrics for

your first ads campaign and how you can

decide whether you should move on to a

new product or continue trying to scale

the same product so as you can see this

campaign has been running for 10 days

now so we can start having a look at

some of the metrics now the first you

might be wondering is how long should I

run my first ads campaign well I don't

recommend running it for a set amount of

days I actually recommend running it

based on the profit and loss so what I

want you to do is I want you to go and

download this Excel sheet which will be

in the lesson notes below and this will

help you work out your profit and loss

for any product that you are running ads

campaigns for and what I really

recommend is that once you hit around

$150 to $200 in a loss then you should

move on to a new product if you are

constantly breaking even or even making

just a slightly bit of loss I would

continue running the product and I'm

going to explain why in a moment so the

first thing you are going to want to do

is make sure that you download this and

start tracking the profit and loss of

your product so you can determine when

to turn the ads campaigns off for that

product and move on to testing a new

product so if we actually have a look at

the ad campaign here you can see that

the CPM is under what I recommended in

my earlier metrics lesson so I

recommended to have a CPM of under $40

this is just under £26 which is around

$34 so it is about average for a CPM you

can see the CPC is slightly high so I

recommended to try and find a CPC of

under a dollar this is slightly over

that this is around $150 so slightly

more expensive than what you would like

to see and then finally the cost per

result so as you can see the cost per

result is is quite high now meta hasn't

tracked all of the website purchases so

it says seven website purchases but if

we actually go over to the store I got

11 website purchases as you can see here

so it's nine orders but two of the

orders ordered two of the bottles so

that's 11 website purchases in total so

that is why I definitely recommend to

track your profits and losses yourself

as well because sometimes meta doesn't

track all of the data correctly so in

this instance the metrics aren't looking

that great the cpms are pretty average

the cost per click is kind of high and

the cost per result isn't great but it

doesn't really matter the main thing

that you really need to keep into

consideration is is the product breaking

even or is it profitable of course in

some instances all of these metrics can

be not so great or around average but if

you're still in profit then you should

of course continue to run the product

it's pretty common sense so if I

actually just go and show you how to use

this spreadsheet and then we can go and

have a look at whether you should

continue running a product or if you

should cut your losses and move onto a

new product so you are just going to put

in your revenue for each day so if we

come back over here and we can come over

to analytics and you can just go and

choose the first day that you were

running ads so as you can see the

revenue for the first day is

$79.98 so I'm just going to copy this

and I can just go and enter this into

where it says Revenue it will then work

out the fees for you using this formula

these might not be 100% accurate but

they're pretty much close enough then

you can go and add in your ad spend so

if we come back over to the ad spend for

the 29th so we will just come over to

the 29th and hit update and we can see

the ad spend is 3904 so we can just go

and enter that in here and then finally

you can go and enter in your cost of

goods so the cost of goods for the first

day was

£355 so you can see for the first day I

made just under £4 profit so that's okay

for the first day now finally just go

and have a look so you'll want to go and

fill this out each day so now I'm just

going to go and show you all of the

numbers for the 10 days that this

product has been running so the second

day I got no sales spent £ 40 on ads so

it was a complete 40 loss the third day

I got 122 just under1 123 in Revenue 40

on ad spend £ 5117 on the cost of goods

so you can see on the third day I made

just under 30 profit so if we do just

come over to here we can come and choose

the 31st let's just go and choose the

31st on its own and you can see the

revenue of just under

£123 and if we come over here and we

choose the 31st you can go and see the

ad spend $39.89 and then of course we do

have the cost of goods so you can work

out your cost of goods by just going

over to AliExpress and you can just come

into your orders and you will of course

see the total of the product costs so

these are in us but I have a look at how

much comes out of my bank account in

pounds when I fulfill the orders so

that's how I'm able to go and put in the

cost of goods in pounds so as you can

see after 10 days this product is £118

in loss which is around

$150 so in this instance I would

recommend just moving on to a new

product so as you can see if we do come

over here I have just gone and turned

off the campaign so now you just want to

basically go back to the drawing board

import a new product create a new

product page new ads and start testing a

new product there are a number of

different reasons why the product might

not have worked but generally it will

just be down to there wasn't enough

demand for the product or the product is

too competitive and it has been run by

too many other stores I have seen quite

a few stores running this hydrogen water

bottle so that can sometimes be the case

the product might just have too many

competitors or it simply just does

doesn't have enough demand it can easily

happen now there is something else you

need to take into consideration so if we

do just come back to analytics and if I

do go and choose all of the days that I

ran this product so we'll go from 29th

all the way through to the 7th and hit

apply you can see that my conversion

rate is 3% and that is about average but

if you're seeing your conversion rate is

really low like

0.5% or under 1% then it could

potentially be your store so you might

need to go back to the drawing board and

just improve your store so really be

quite critical of your store have a look

at it see does it look well branded have

you put time and effort into the images

have you used good colors and fonts does

everything look clean and professional

because if you do have a really low

conversion rate you could actually start

becoming profitable if you increase your

conversion rate like I say you're

looking for something between 3 and 5%

which is pretty decent and around

average if you're super low then your

product could still have potential to

make profit it just means that your

store isn't optimized so you need to go

and improve the way your store looks so

be super critical of your store make

sure that it does look completely clean

and professional and make sure that you

are trying to optimize the conversion

rate by improving your store as best you

can the other reason why your conversion

rate might be super low and under 1%

could be the pricing of your product so

if you have fairly decent recent margins

maybe you have a 30 or $35 margin you

could go and decrease the sale price of

your product and that could help you to

improve the conversion rate and that way

you'll see more sales and you will be

able to get into profit with your

product so just look at those things if

you are seeing that you're unprofitable

every day but your conversion rate is

super low firstly concentrate on trying

to improve your conversion ratees by

improving your store as best you can to

make it look super clean and

professional and then if you do have

enough margin like I say 30 to $35

margin you could bring that down to $25

to $20 margin by reducing the sale price

of your product and you might actually

see that you get more sales because

you've reduced the cost of the product

because if you have a low conversion

rate it basically just means people are

coming over to your store they're

interested in the product but when they

actually get to your store they're not

purchasing the product so that could

either be because your site doesn't look

good they don't trust it or the copy

isn't convincing them to purch

or simply that they think the product is

too expensive so you can bring the sale

price down of the product but you still

need to have at least a $20 profit

margin now that's basically what you

need to do if your product isn't

performing well so you can go and have a

look at your profit and loss sheet

however if you are riding the wave and

you're never going more than $150 in

loss I would say to continue to ride

this wave of this product because what

meta is doing it is actually collecting

data and it is still working out who who

your ideal customer is so if you can

ride this wave of profit and loss whilst

still maintaining less than a $150 loss

you will actually be collecting data So

Meta will be finding out who your ideal

customer is it will be collecting data

and meta works like a snowball effect

the more data it collects the easier it

will be able to find customers so

essentially the more sales you make with

meta the more sales it will be able to

find for you so that is why I say don't

give up on a product too early as long

as you're not too far in loss you can

continue to just ride the wave of profit

and loss whilst meta is building data

now if you have a look at this article

from meta you will see that there is a

learning phase with meta ads campaigns

so as you can see here typically

performance stabilizes after an adset

receives 50 optimization events within a

7-Day period so if you can get to 50

sales within 7 days then meta will

really collect a huge amount of data and

it will be able to find your customers

much easier and it will be able to

stabilize the performance which

basically just means your cost per

result will Bas will become stabilized

so if you can see your cost per result

is starting to level out to a point

where you're able to become profitable

then you can start to think about

scaling your product so as I say you

really just want to be be looking at

your profit and loss try not to get into

$150 loss if you're less than $150 loss

keep riding the wave and collecting data

so you will see with most new campaigns

for any product you run meta will be

quite volatile whilst it is collecting

this data and that is another reason

that I do recommend to run a niche store

because when meta is collecting data it

is collecting data about your customer

so if you are collecting data on

customer that are all very similar it's

going to be easier for meta to find

those customers even when you create new

campaigns if you run a niche pet store

and everybody coming over to your store

is interested in pet products then meta

is going to be able to find those

customers much easier because they're

all interested in similar products

however if you run a general store and

you're selling products from the sports

Niche from the pet Niche from the

homeware niche all of these different

customers are coming to your store to

purchase different things so it can

confuse meta about who your ideal

customer is and who to actually show

your ads to so that is another advantage

of running a niche store when you are

going through this learning phase and

when meta is collecting data you will be

collecting data on similar types of

customers that are interested in similar

products so of course if your product

does go into $150 loss like me you are

just going to turn off the campaign go

back to the drawing board research some

new products import some new produ

products create some new product pages

create some new video ad creatives and

start running a new campaign to test a

new product however if you are going

through this learning phase when should

you actually start scaling a product

well if you do see that your product is

profitable every single day you can

start to slowly increase your ad budget

so if you do see that you are making

daily profits consistently for at least

5 days then I would recommend upping the

ad budget now how much should you up the

ad budget by well I usually tend to up

the ad budget in the beginning by how

much profit I made the day before so

after around 5 to 7 days if I can see

that I am making consistent profits I

will just come over to the Daily budget

and I will increase this by the previous

day's profit so for example if you're

running at $40 per day and the previous

day you made $30 profit then you can

just increase this to $70 and again if

you are running at $50 a day and the

previous day you made $40 profit you can

just increase your daily budget to $90

and then you can see how that performs

if again you start making profit again

you can increase the ad budget and

always just increase it by the previous

day's profit so for example you started

on $50 per day you made $40 profit then

you increased to $90 the next day you

only made $20 profit then you can

increase to $110 the the next day you

made $30 profit you will increase to

$140 per day ad budget of course if you

do make loss you can always scale back

down so if you scaled up to $140 for

example and the next day you make $30

loss you can scale back down to

$110 or if you're breaking even then I

recommend to just leave the ad budget as

it is so you can let it stabilize until

it goes back into profit so that is how

you can slowly start scaling your ad

budget look at your previous day's

profit and simply just go and increase

the daily budget now scaling really is

quite simple it's not anything too

complicated you really are just upping

your ad budget and seeing if you're

still profitable so really the main

thing is that you really want to be

tracking your overall profit and loss

now one thing to keep in mind is don't

get too caught up in the daily profit

and loss have a look at your profit and

loss over a one week period because meta

will always take time to stabilize when

you are changing things like the budget

so when you look at your ad campaigns

every day you might see some

fluctuations but really you want to be

looking at your campaigns over a onewe

period And if you can still see that

you're making profit then you can

continue to increase the budgets and

that really is basically it in terms of

reading the metrics in the beginning

stages you're just having a look at your

profit and loss and you're deciding

whether to move on to a new product or

whether to to continue to increase the

daily budgets to maintain profitability

so that is basically it for this module

if you can see that your product isn't

performing very well just turn it off

and go back to the drawing board if you

can see that your product is showing

promise and it is making daily profits

start to increase your daily budgets and

then you can move on to the scaling

module in this lesson I'm going to show

you how to accurately start tracking

your profits for your Shopify Drop

Shipping business now as I mentioned in

the last lesson is super important

because this can help you to decide

whether to cut a campaign for a product

and when to scale a campaign for a

product but it can also help you keep a

finer detail on the numbers coming into

your business and going out of your

business so you can accurately track

your profits for your business now in

order to do this we are going to be

using a Shopify app called true profit

what this app allows you to do is it

allows you to plug in your Shopify store

it allows you to plug in your ad

platforms so you can see all of the

revenue coming in you can see all of

your expenditures on ads you can also go

and plug in your cost of goods so you

can track all of your cost of goods and

it will also calculate all of the fees

for your store as well and all of the

app fees and things like that so it can

basically track all of your incomings

and all of your outgoings for your

business and this is the most accurate

way to actually track your profits for

your Shopify Drop Shipping business now

I will leave a link in the description

to True profit it does start at just $35

a month once you start making some

consistent sales I do recommend to use

it I think it's very affordable to be

able to track all of the profits for

your business and I'm going to show you

exactly how to set it up true profit

does also have a mobile app which I'll

show you later on in this lesson and

that's a great way to keep track of your

Shopify Drop Shipping business's profits

on the go and the last thing that I do

want to mention is that true profit do

have a free Discord Community as well so

will leave a link in the description to

True profits Discord Community you can

join that Discord to get updates and ask

questions regarding all things

e-commerce and to interact with other

Ecom and dropshipping store owners like

yourself so from here we are just going

to click on install and then you can

click on install again you will then be

brought over to your true profit

dashboard click on start with a plan

from here you can choose your true

profit plan now each plan has different

features I'm going to go for the

Enterprise plan because it has the

marketing attribution feature now this

is a really important feature especially

when you are scaling your ad campaigns

because this can actually give you more

accurate data than meta ads can so

sometimes with meta ads you might notice

that purchase conversions haven't been

tracked correctly so on your Shopify

store for a day you might see 20 sales

and it's only tracked 15 of those sales

now it's super important to have

accurate tracking so you can see which

ads are getting you the most sales which

adsets are bringing you the most sales

and which campaigns are bringing you the

most sales and when meta's data isn't

correct this can make it tricky for you

to track the data to decide on what to

do next when you are scaling your

campaigns so with the Enterprise plan

from True profit it actually has the

marketing attribution feature and it

accurately tracks all of the conversions

for your campaigns so this is super

important if you do want to start

tracking your ad data with more accuracy

so choose a plan I'm going to go for the

Enterprise plan so we are just going to

click on start 14-day free trial you can

then approve your true profit

subscription so just click on approve

and then you will be brought back to

your true profit dashboard so just click

on continue you will then be ask what

best describes your business so you can

just choose I Dropship products and then

you will see a few different platforms

we're using autods so we are just going

to choose autods and click on next from

here you can choose how you would like

to set up your cost of goods we're just

going to choose sync cost of goods from

shopify's cost per item field and click

on next it will then ask you to set up

your shipping costs you can just choose

sync shipping labels from Shopify

shipping and click on next you will then

be asked to choose your ad channel so

we're going to choose Facebook ads and

click on next you will then be asked how

you heard about true profit you can

choose recommended by YouTube and put my

name in if you want to and then click on

go to dashboard you will then be brought

over to your true profit dashboard and

from here you will see a snapshot of all

of the numbers related to your store so

you'll see your orders Revenue total

cost of goods your net profit your net

profit margin total ad spend average

order value units sold gross sales and

gross profit now the first thing we are

going to do is connect our ad channel so

we are going to come to Integrations and

we are going to click on marketing

channels from here we are going to

connect our Facebook ads account so we

are going to click on connect you will

be prompted to log to your Facebook

account so just click on continue and

then just click on Save and click on got

it you will then be prompted to choose

the ads account for your store so you

can see I've got quite a lot of ads

accounts so I'm just going to choose the

one for this store then we can scroll

down and click on sync ad spend this

process will take a few minutes so after

a few minutes you can now come back to

reports and click on your dashboard now

my ad account is still syncing with true

profit so whilst we wait for that to

sync we will move on to the next part of

the lesson where we will set up the

marketing attribution so we can

accurately track the data from our ad

campaigns so we can come over to

marketing attribution and in order to

start tracking your conversion data more

accurately you will need to install the

true profit pixel so underneath you will

see enable true profit tracking

extension so click on open theme

settings and just make make sure that

you turn on the true profit app embed

and click on Save in the other tab you

can come back to True profit and we can

now refresh this so after your ad

accounts have finished syncing you'll

now be able to have a closer look at the

marketing attribution for your campaigns

so you can see things like row as the

amount spent on ads Impressions clicks

click-through rate add to cards how much

it costs you per ad to cart all of your

purchases what your purchase value is so

how much revenue you've actually brought

in through those purchases your cost per

purchase your conversion rate your

Revenue total cost all of these

different metrics that you can

accurately track and then these are

broken down into campaigns ad groups

which are adets within meta and ads the

actual ad creatives now if you do want

to utilize true profits marketing

attribution feature to its full

potential you are also going to want to

set up these true profit URL parameters

so this basically just creates a custom

URL that true profit can track and then

you add these URLs to your ad campaigns

so that it can track all of the data

accurately so if you click on how to add

parameters and you will see this guide

on how to set up a custom URL so like I

say you can set up a custom URL and true

true profit can track this URL and all

of the data so when you're setting up

your ad campaigns instead of adding the

destination URL for your campaigns as

your product page you will set it up as

a custom URL and it will still go to

your product page but true profit will

be able to track all of the data for

that particular URL so that way again

you'll get more accurate data for your

campaigns your adsets and your ads even

for particular products and AD campaigns

and this is much more accurate than

using meta ads data meta ads as I say

sometimes will miss conversions so if

you had 50 sales in a day it will only

track 40 of them so you can't really get

a true picture of which of your ad sets

which of your campaigns which of your

ads is performing the best so this is

the best way to actually track all of

that data as accurately as possible so

now that my ad channel has synced if we

go back to my dashboard we can now see

my total ad spend has been synced as

well from my meta ads platform if we

scroll down to the bottom you can see a

monthly breakdown of all of your profits

so you can see all of the revenue that

came in your total ad spend your net

profit margin and your cost of goods so

this is a really great way again to

track your stores performance month by

month and see which month is bringing

you in the most profits next up if you

go to the P andl report from here you

can pick a particular time frame so for

example if I just choose last year then

you can go and create a profit and loss

sheet for that time frame so as you can

see it will show you the gross sales

discounts returns Revenue cost of goods

shipping costs so all of your expenses

and all of your revenue and you can go

and generate a profit and loss sheet

this is really important if you want to

sell your store you can easily go and

generate a profit and loss report so you

can go and display that to people that

potentially want to purchase your store

you can also go and play with your cost

of goods so if we come into cost

settings you will see cost of goods

shipping costs transaction fees taxes

paid so you can go and edit any of these

at any point so if we go to to cost of

goods for example and from here you can

edit the cost of goods for any of your

products so if you just click on this

little arrow you can easily go and edit

the cost of goods for your products you

can also go and edit the handling fees

and then it will show you a margin as

well if we come into the shipping costs

you can easily go and set up custom

shipping costs for your product if you

come into transaction fees you can go

and set up the transaction fees for any

of your payment gateways most of these

should be done by default anyway and

then you've got some other stuff like

taxes paid and custom costs so for

example custom costs might be other apps

that you use and you want to put in the

costs of those so you can accurately

track your profits now a couple of last

things that I do want to mention firstly

is the true profit mobile app so you can

track your stores profits on the go so

as you can see here it will say get

mobile app in the top right hand corner

so you can just click on this and from

here if we scroll down you can simply

scan this QR code on your mobile mobile

and then you can download the true

profit mobile app and that way you can

track all of your stores profits on the

go just by having a look at the mobile

app so now that I've shown you how to

accurately track profits for your

Shopify Drop Shipping business we can

move on to the next part of the

tutorial so welcome to the scaling

module and in this module I'm going to

be going over all of the key components

that you need to consider when you are

trying to scale your store but the first

thing I do want to mention is don't be

overwhelmed when it comes to scaling so

you might think scaling is going to be a

bit scary you're going to be seeing so

many orders coming in you're going to be

seeing High numbers on your store High

numbers of cash going out of your bank

account spending on ads going to your

supplier and things like that but if you

go through everything in this module and

go through all of the lessons you'll see

that scaling isn't scary it's actually

the exciting part of Drop Shipping this

is the reason why you got into Drop

Shipping because you want to scale your

store this is where you're going to see

the big profits so don't be scared be

excited that you can actually scale your

store and start to see some significant

profits and just keep that in mind when

you are scaling your stores you will

inevitably run into some problems and

that's completely part of business so

just keep that in mind if you ever do go

through a moment where things are

feeling a little bit tough a little bit

overwhelming when you are scaling your

stores just remember this is the exact

reason why you got into Drop Shipping so

you can scale your stores and start to

see some significant profits so now that

I've got that out the way I am just

going to go over the key components that

you need to consider when you are

scaling your stores and then in the next

lessons I will break these down

individually so firstly you can see on

the screen we have seven steps to

scaling your stores and I have just gone

and rated them with a difficulty rating

of how difficult they actually are so

firstly you have increasing your ad

budgets when you are scaling so you you

will basically just be increasing your

ad budgets it's not rocket science when

you are scaling your stores all you're

doing is just increasing your ad budgets

so you can spend more on ads in order to

get more sales so if you're on $100 a

day you might increase to 150 then you

might increase to 200 all the way up to

you are spending thousands of dollars a

day on ads now like I say increasing ad

budgets is super easy you just go into

your ad ads manager and you just

increase the budget it's not rocket

science so I'll be showing you how to do

that in the next lessons next you have

cash flow and this can be a little bit

more tricky so this actually ties in

with increasing your ad budgets and cash

flow is basically making sure that the

money goes from your ad account to your

payment processor so either Shopify

payments or PayPal into your bank

account to your suppliers and then the

rest back on to ads so you can continue

the cycle of scaling spending more on

ads getting more sales giving it to to

your supplier spending more on ads

getting more sales and so on so like I

say that can be a little bit tricky and

of course I will be going over that in

the next lessons to show you how you can

actually manage cash flow in a better

way but when you are scaling it is

better to have some savings so if you

are thinking about scaling or you know

you're not even at that level of scaling

it but you're just watching these

lessons just bear in mind that when you

are scaling you should have a little bit

of cash reserved you should have some

cash saved before you actually start

scaling that's going to make things so

much easier for you in terms of managing

cash flow so if you've got three four

grand saved that you can continuously

spend on ads that's going to make cash

flow much easier but like I say I'll be

going into that in more detail in the

next lessons next up you have customer

service I put this as medium so

basically with customer service the more

sales you make the more emails you're

going to get the more refunds you're

going to get you know more things to

deal with on the customer service side

of things again it's fairly simple to

deal with I'll be showing you how to do

that in the lessons it usually just

comes down to hiring a virtual assistant

to deal with that for you but one thing

to bear in mind is in the beginning when

you are selling if you get to maybe

let's say four or 500 sales and 50 to

100 customers have already asked for a

refund then don't scale the product if

you can already see early signs that the

product is poor quality and a lot of

customers are asking for refunds then

you're not going to want to scale the

product go back to the drawing board and

either find a new supplier that can

Source you the product with better

quality and make sure you inspect the

product first to make sure the quality

is actually better or you're going to

want to start finding a new product to

sell because like I say if you're

already dealing with a lot of refunds

early on in the scaling Journey then

it's just going to get worse you know if

you if you sold 500 of a product and 50

people have asked for refund imagine

you've sold 10,000 of a product how many

refunds you're going to get and that can

be tricky because that's when you can

actually start losing a lot of money so

that's just something to bear in mind

with customer service see early signs of

problems before you actually start

scaling like I say I put it medium

category because it can really depend on

the product that you are selling and the

quality of the product and the types of

customers that you are getting as well

but in terms of if you have everything

down the product quality is good you're

not seeing a lot of signs of refunds and

things like that customer service can be

fairly simple you just need to h a va8

now next up you have decreasing the cost

of goods and decreasing your shipping

times super easy I'll be showing you

some supplies where you can try to

Source your products for cheaper and

with faster shipping times and you can

go and connect those suppliers to your

Shopify store so you still can automate

the Fulfillment process and all of the

tracking numbers and everything like

that will be sent out to your customers

just how they are done with DSS and CJ

Drop Shipping so don't worry about that

but the thing is with some of these

private Drop Shipping agents you you

need to have a certain amount of orders

coming in every day for them to want to

work with you so for it to be worth

their time so that's why I recommend as

a beginner use AliExpress CJ Drop

Shipping so you can start to get some

consistent sales in and then when you

are scaling you'll be looking at

decreasing your cost of goods and in and

decreasing your shipping times so that

you can get faster shipping and I'll be

showing you some Drop Shipping agents

that you can Source your products with

next up you have increasing your average

order value so so this is really when

you're scaling where you can actually

start to introduce bundles and upsells

so I'll be showing you how to set those

up on your stores again super easy to go

and set those up and to start to

increase your average order value so you

can actually bring in more revenue on

your store more Revenue means more

profits which means you can scale

quicker and then you have testing new

creatives and new audiences again super

easy I'll be showing you how to do this

in the lessons it really just comes down

to creating new campaigns with new ad

creatives and testing new audiences very

simple and you can see what works and if

it works you can continue to scale those

campaigns as well and then last but not

least you have white labeling branding

or sometimes known as private labeling

as well again super easy so when I show

you how to decrease your cost of goods

with Drop Shipping agents most of those

agents will be able to private label or

brand the products they basically just

means putting your logo on the product

or in some cases just putting your logo

on the packaging so white label in is

usually the process of just putting your

logo on the packaging private La

labeling is where you put your logo on

the product and on the packaging so of

course it's going to be slightly more

expensive to put your logo on the

product so it really just depends if you

want to private label depends how high

you've actually scaled your store how

fast you've scaled your store if you're

building a brand around your store

you're going to want to Brand it and

white label it or private label it at

some point like I say super easy with

most Drop Shipping agents they'll be a

to set that up for you so that is

basically an overview of the scaling

module so now we can actually start

getting into the nitty-gritty and you

can start with the first lesson which

will be increasing budgets when it comes

to increasing budgets on your ad

campaigns it really is fairly simple now

this is going to be kind of a boring

lesson so you might want to watch it on

one and a half times speed or something

cuz like I say it's not going to be

super exciting but I do want to go

through every single day of scaling

campaign with you just so you can see

exactly how it looks in terms of scaling

a budget so we are going to look at

November last year so this is q for one

of the biggest months of the year where

you will be scaling your stores so if we

just go to November the 1st to the 30th

you can have a look at how this store

was actually scaled so you can see

started off at very low revenue and

scaled all the way up to

$66,000 and then the scaling continued

all the way through December as well so

if we go over to to December you can see

another 110,000 sort of all the way up

to mid December but we will just go

through November because this is

basically where we scaled from very low

Revenue all the way to fairly High

revenue and then that Revenue sort of

just continued through December as well

so I'm going to show you the ad accounts

and also the revenue so you can see how

simple it is when you're actually

increasing your ad budgets when you can

see a campaign is working so if we just

come over to the ad campaign I am just

going to choose the 1 to the 30th and we

will just go and hit update so you will

see during this period 17K spent 66k

brought in then obviously if you minus

off the cost of goods and everything

like that you can of course go and watch

the case study lessons if you want to

see the profit but I want what I want to

show you in this lesson is how to

actually scale so we will just go to the

first day let's go to the first day of

November you can see 274 brought in now

if we go and have a look at the first

day on the ads manager let's go and hit

update you can see we started off at

$100 a day so you might be thinking you

firstly might be thinking when should I

actually start to increase the budgets

well if you're seeing some traction like

I showed you in the last module and

you're seeing some consistent sales then

you are just going to want to increase

the budgets this is basically where

scaling starts you've seen some traction

you've got about 40 50 orders in a week

and now you're starting to scale the

budgets so this is B basically where you

are right now what should I actually do

like I say it's super simple it's not

rocket science all you're doing is just

increasing the budgets super super

simple now obviously there are a few

things to consider which I'm about to go

through because there are going to be es

and flows there is going to be some you

know it will be volatile meta can be

volatile when you are scaling so that's

just something to bear in mind meta can

be very volatile whilst it's still

building data but the more data it

builds the more sales it can get so I

probably have mentioned this throughout

the course so far but I really want to

drum this into your brain it's like a

snowball effect the more sales it gets

the more sales it can find that's how

meta works until basically you know

you've exhausted all of your options

either with a creative or just with the

product in general and it won't be able

to find any more sales anymore then you

need to try a new audience new creatives

or new products but you're way far off

at that point at the moment you've just

started scaling so like I say you can

see that your campaign's doing fairly

well you've had quite a few consistent

days so from here you are just

increasing the budget so if you have a

look at the first day here $100 spent

and $275 brought in let's have a look at

the second day and just bear in mind

like I showed you we've scaled this over

a month all the way from $274 on the

first day all the way up to $10,000 on

the 30th day so this can easily be

scaled in under a month so here's the

second day we hit update $100 a again

left it at the same budget we'll come to

the second and hit apply you could see

pretty bad day spent $100 brought in

$100 in Revenue but obviously Minus cost

of goods and everything this is actually

a loss so second day we're in loss let's

come to the third day hit update we

scaled back down to $75 so we're on $100

scaled down to 75 because we were in a

loss right so second day we performed

badly we scaled back down so if you

perform badly you can always scale back

down you don't have to scale back down

massively just scaled back down a little

bit so now we'll go to the third day we

can see we scaled back down to $75 again

we bis brought in two sales $100 brought

in a again let's go to the fourth day

and I basically going to do this for

every single day so you can see exactly

how much was spent and how you can

increase your budget so like I say might

be a little bit of a boring lesson but

you definitely going to take away a lot

of information so this is the fourth day

you can see we scale back down again

because this day we spent 75 we only B

in two sales $100 still not profitable

so we scaled back down to $50 so this is

the fourth so let's come over to the

fourth and we'll just choose the

fourth and hit apply you might hear a

helicopter in the background so just

ignore that flying over the head so as

you can see $50 spent

$75 brought in not a good day again only

one sale not profitable so basically

you're just using common sense to up the

budgets and to decrease the budgets

you're just using common sense if you

break even just leave the budget as it

is now if you just make slight loss or

slight profit you can leave the budget

as it is again so you'll see that

throughout this lesson so the fourth

like I said we're on $50 a day let's go

to the fifth

we hit the fifth hit update we still

left it at $50 a day because this day we

didn't make any profit we didn't make a

huge loss either so we just left it at

$50 a day you could see this day one

sale brought in $60 so another poor day

just bear in mind like I said to you in

the previous module if you can ride out

this wave of es and flows ups and downs

where some days you're getting profit

some days you're getting losses you're

scaling up you're scaling down if you

can ride this wave out just bear in mind

that meta is collecting data and you're

going to see evidence of that in a

moment meta is collecting data it is

finding the customers for you the more

data it gets the easier it can find the

customers for you so that's what I

really want you to take away from this

lesson don't want you to give up too

early because you will see ups and downs

ups and downs long as you don't get too

much into loss you can start to scale

your store so on the fifth we were still

at $50 per day we had another bad

performing day so let's go to the sixth

we hit update you can say I scaled down

we we've had some really bad performing

days last couple of days so I scaled

down $3 a day we can come over to the

6th hit

apply and you can see $30 a day another

bad day pretty much break even even

possibly even a bit of loss so now we

can come back to let's go to the 7th so

pretty much at this time we've we've had

a week of kind of poor performance you

know not really really any profit pretty

much losses but not massive losses at

this point but you can see on this day

we spent

$30 and let's go to the

seventh and hit apply and you can see

this day finally we can see some

increases so only two sales but the

average order value is slightly higher

and of course we only spent $30 on ads

this day so this day was actually

profitable so now we can come over to

the eth we hit update still stayed

around $25 $30 a day so just letting it

stabilize some days you can just let it

stabilize of course it depends on how

much cash you have to spend as well so

you can see this day here not really

great $99 brought in but again we've

decreased the budget so it's still

profitable very just slightly now we can

come to the ninth hit update still the

same $25 per

day let's go to the n9th

and you can see on the 9th we got two

$200 brought in for sales so finally

just going to drill this into your brain

meta is collecting data as you can see

we've spent $25 only on ads on this day

because it's collected so much data over

the last 9 days it's finally been able

to find four customers pretty good day

$25 spent $200 brought in so now let's

go to the 10th I'm sure you can guess

what happened on the

10th right so we've got $25 a again

letting it stabilize so you know I was

probably slightly reserved with this you

can be a bit more aggressive than this

so I probably in hindsight now I would

have put the budget up at this point so

now we can hit apply and you can see

again a really good day this day $175

brought in three sales so now we can go

to the

11th let's hit the 11th and of course

increase the budget again back to $50

because three days in a row at $25 have

performed well so now up to $50 so you

really are just using common sense if

you're making profits increase the

budget if you're making losses decrease

the budget if you're breaking even let

the budget stay as it is so we've

increased the budget to $50 a day now

because we had three good days in a row

so now let's have a look at how this day

performed once we increase the budget

and you can see it's kind of stabilized

$200 not too bad

let's go to the 12th hit update you can

see still at $50 a day because this day

was kind of

average now let's go to the 12th you

could see wow so on this day and and

this is all part of collecting the data

so because meta has collected the data

over the past 12 days we started on the

1st all the way up to the 12th now once

we've spent $50 it has been able to find

nine customers $500 brought in nearly if

we compare that to the first day where

we spent $100 we only brought $100 in so

a lot of people would just see that and

think oh well this is not going to be

profitable and they just give up so

that's why I always say give it a little

bit of time if you're not going too far

into loss you will be collecting data

and you're basically paying for that

data so don't see it as a loss you're

basically paying to get that data so in

the future you can find customers easier

so just think of it as an investment

you're paying for the data so later on

you can get your profits back so we're

on the third the 12th now let's go over

to the 13th so we're at $50 a day let's

go to the 13th and now we've put it all

the way back up to $100 a day and of

course that's because it performs so

well on this day really good profits

this day so we've just doubled the

budget so now we can come to the

13th we can see how this day

performed so it didn't perform as well

as the $50 a day previously but when you

increase your budgets it can take a few

days a gain to optimize and to stabilize

so just bear that in mind as well that's

another key takeaway from this lesson it

can take a few days when you're

increasing your budgets to stab

stabilize and optimize so now we're on

the 13th still a pretty good day you

know considering a $100

spent let's go to the

14th so this is where we actually

started to scale right so it's taken

pretty much two weeks two weeks of

collecting data ups and downs profits

and losses to finally get to the point

now where we're actually going to scale

the ad budgets now you're probably

thinking how much should I actually

scale the ad budgets by and there isn't

really one set rule it really just

depends on how much you have to spend on

your ad campaigns how much cash that you

have that you can increase your ad

budgets by so you'll see some of the

increases here can be quite erratic but

I recommend if you are feeling a bit

confused just go for the 20% rule so I

know I mentioned in the last previous

module to just increase the budget by

how much profit you made the day before

but once you start going into really

high ad spends that can be a little bit

confusing right so once you start going

to you know past $300 a day in ad spend

then you can just follow the 20% rule so

basically the 20% rule is you're just

adding 20% per day so if we just start

on let's say you're on $300 a day and

one day is profitable then you can just

increase your budget by 20% once you

start getting even higher once you start

getting to let's say $1,000 a day in ad

spend you can really start to increase

your ad spend quite aggressively so you

can go from $11,000 a day to $1,500 a

day to $2,000 a day all the way up to2

and half $3,000 per day like I say of

course it really does depend on cash

flow as well which I will go over in the

next lessons if you don't have enough

cash flow to increase your budgets that

high then just don't increase them that

high it's really simple as that if you

don't have the cash flow coming in to

spend on the ads then don't increase the

ad campaigns to that high it just means

you of course won't be able to scale the

store as high as it possibly could go

but if you don't have the cash flow you

don't have the cash flow there's really

nothing that you can do about it you

just need to scale a bit slower so when

you're scaling slower just use the 20%

rule so always of course round it up as

well so let's say now we're on $360 a

day we have a profitable day we can add

20% again and you're not going to set

your budget to 432 so just set it to 440

just round it up so now let's just say

we're on 440 have another profitable day

we add 20% and now on 530 so you can

always use that rule if you're feeling a

bit confused a bit overwhelmed about how

much you should increase your budget by

just use the 20% rule once you start

getting into the higher numbers like I

said when you're on the smaller numbers

you can just use the previous day's

profit so if you've made $30 the

previous day just increase it by $30

once you start getting into the higher

numbers the 20% rule is slightly better

because you're going to be making higher

profits and the profits are going to be

slightly more erratic so it's going to

get a little bit confusing by how much

you should increase your budget so

hopefully that makes sense let's go back

to the campaigns so now you can see like

I said on the 14th day we finally

started to actually look to scale this

product so we finally put up to $150 in

a day so now if we come over here let's

go to the 14th and you can see what a

massive increase right $800 in a day 14

sales so now this is where the scaling

can really begin let's go to the

15th all the way up to 250 like I say

this really comes down to cash flow so

you might think that's quite a big jump

from $150 a day to $250 a day in ad

spend but if you got the cash reserves

you might as well do it so there were

some good savings that were used to

actually increase these budgets but if

you don't have those savings those cash

reserves then you're just going to want

to increase your budgets slightly slower

than this so you're going to see now

some quite aggressive scaling we've gone

to $250 so now let's come over

here let's go to the

15th and as you can see $1,400 almost

doubled in Revenue not quite but almost

now we can come over to the

16th and as you can see up to $300 a day

now and if we come over to the 16th here

so like you can see it really is that

simple when it comes to scaling with

your ad budgets you're just putting your

ad budgets up once you've got enough

data and the sales start coming in

theoretically the more you increase your

ad budgets the more Revenue you should

see of course like I say it can be

volatile it takes some days to stabilize

when you're inre ining your budgets so

as you can see we've gone to $300 a day

now it's pretty much stayed the same

Revenue so still stabilizing still

optimizing to the new

budget now if we come to the

17th we've gone to 350 now another thing

you might be thinking is you know if you

had two days in a row where your Revenue

was the same why are you still scaling

if you can see that it's not optimized

and stabilized well the main reason is

these days are still profitable so if

you're still making good profits and

your days are still profitable even if

they're so let's just say for example on

the

14th was a good profitable day and then

on the 15th was a good profitable

day and then on the 16th so 15th was a

good profitable day increased the

budgets and it was a similar Revenue but

it was still a good profitable day hence

why increasing the ad budget again so

you don't always need need to make sure

you're making a certain amount of profit

to increase the budgets if you're making

profit increase the budgets it's really

that simple you're chasing the profits

so if you're making profits increase the

budgets so the 16th wasn't as much

profit as the 15th but it was still

profitable hence increasing the budget

again so now we can see on the 17th the

budget is up to 350 so we can come over

to the

17th and as you can see another big day

1,700

now let's go over to so now I'm just

basically going to show you the rest of

the month so we'll just go to the 18th

you can see 350 again letting it

stabilize and hit apply now another

thing you're probably thinking is well

you just literally said if you're seeing

profits increase the budget and now you

can see that I've done two days 350 350

but again this comes down to cash flow

so you can only increase the budget if

you have the cash so let it stabilize

again for another day 350 this day

wasn't as good now let's move over to

the

19th and you can see we're on 360 now so

just increasing the ad budget a little

bit like I say again managing that cash

flow so now we can come to the 19th

still a pretty good day so these are

still all profitable days so now we can

come over to the 20th and you can see

again 350 so this period here like I say

is all about cash flow you can see we

haven't increased the budgets for about

four days in a row now and they've still

been profitable so I know I mentioned

earlier if you have the profitable days

increase the budgets but of course you

need the cash flow to do it so you can

see this is a prime example of that four

days in a row of good profits but not

increasing the budgets due to cash flow

so now we can come back over here you

can see the cash flow is probably coming

at this point not quite not yet so we're

still on

350 so now let's go to the 21st you can

see another good day really good

profitable day here finally hit a 2K day

so I would assume that the cash flow has

probably come in at this point let's see

so yeah you can see so now after 5 days

cash flow has come in so basically from

the payment processes into the bank

account gone out to the suppliers fees

have been taken away and now spend the

rest back on ads to continue scaling so

back up to about 415 now so now we can

come back over here on the

22nd hit apply and as you can see now

we've got $1,100 so it's gone down quite

significantly so as I've mentioned it

can take time to stabilize to optimize

on higher budgets and you really are

just going to have to roll with it

pretty much when you are scaling so you

will of course inevitably have some bad

days it just happens it's part of

business so you can see only $1,100

after scaling up

but if you have a look on the

23rd you can see we've gone up to 470

now and let's go to the 23rd and hit

apply and you can see almost back to a

2K day here so now let's go to the 24th

and just bear in mind that when you're

scaling cash flow does get easier

because all of the profit that you're

making you can continue to stack that

profit and then you can go and bump that

back into ads so as you can see here

this is a prime example of that stacked

all of the profits from the last 12 or

13 days and basically doubled the ad

budget here so as you can see if we come

to the 23rd ad budget is on 470 gone all

the way up to 920 and that's basically

an accumulation of 13 days profit but

waiting for that cash flow to come in so

now we can aggressively scale again so

now we're on 920 so this is where you

should see

some big Revenue coming in so let's go

to the

24th you could see a 4K day here really

good day and as I mentioned it is a

snowball effect with ads the more you

spend on ads the more profit you can

make and the more of that profit you can

put back into ads to make more profits

so let's go and have a look at the 25th

now as a matter of fact what are we on

we're on the 24th yep so let's look at

the 25th so now the budget has gone all

the way up to $1300

and if we go and have a look at the 25th

here and hit apply you can see again

another good day 4 1/2k if we come to

the

26th $1,600 now so this is really

aggressive scaling you don't necessarily

need to do this this can be kind of

risky it depends how risk adverse you

are you can scale slowly you can scale

aggressively if you want to if you've

got the cash reserves and you have the

money in your account to spend on the

ads you can go for it of course like I

say it can be risky but that's business

if you want to take the risk then you

could end up with the reward so $1,700

almost

spent let's go over to the

26th hit apply you can see 6 1/2k

another really big day even bigger

profits and now if we come over to the

27th hit apply $1800 so you can see it's

just going up and up and now we can go

to the

27th and you can see another 6 and 1/2k

day so increased the budgets but pretty

much stayed the same

revenue and now if we go to the

28th we're all the way up to

$2,250 in Daily ad spend so now we can

come back over here now one thing I

should mention actually if we come back

one of these days we duplicated the

campaign to another country so let me

just go back to let's say the 23rd

let's have a look so yes you can see the

big jump to the 24th where the ad spin

went massively up let's have a

look the 25th let's see so yes you can

see on the 25th duplicated the campaign

and started running it to a new country

so that's why you can see that towards

the end of this month the budgets were

getting so high because we're running

two campaigns and both of them are

starting to become profitable so you can

see on this day this one wasn't that

profitable only spent $300 on it so

basically just duplicated the campaign

and all we done is just change the

country from Australia to New Zealand so

everything else is the same and of

course just gone and changed the ad copy

so just tailored the ad copy from

Australia to New Zealand so let's go

back to which day were we on we were on

the 27th so let's go over to the 28th

and hit update so now you can see 202 50

and if we come to the

28th and hit

apply you can see we've got 7 1/2k this

day again another really good day and

let's go to the 29th hit update and you

can see up to 2.6k now so let's come

over to the

28th and you can see almost a 10K day

and then finally on the last day of the

month if we go and have a look at the

30th

we can go and hit update still around 2

and 1/2k

and finally on the 30th hit apply you

can see a 10K day so that's basically

the Whole 30 days of scaling that you've

just seen and how the ad budgets have

been increased you are just using common

sense like I say bit of trial and error

if you have a profitable day increase if

you have a break even day stay the same

if you have a bad day decrease and

you're just going like that until you're

increasing the budget to such a high

amount that you are bringing in big

numbers now in the next lesson I am

going to go over cash flow because

managing all of this is the tricky part

actually just increasing the budgets is

not hard all you have to do is just come

into your ads account and just go and

increase the budget so if we just come

into the ad

set you can just go and simply increase

the budget so if we just scroll across

you can see the daily budget here you

just click on the daily budget and

simply just increase it super easy

that's not the hard part the hard part

is managing the cash flow now you might

be thinking what actually is cash flow

you keep mentioning it but what actually

is it was basically just to make sure

that the process of spending on meta to

get sales which then go into your

payment processor Shopify payments or

PayPal and then goes to your bank

account from your bank account you pay

your suppliers and whatever is left over

you spend back on meta ads that's

basically cash flow I will go over that

in the next lessons so you can get a

basic idea of how to manage that but as

you can see increasing the budgets is

super simple all you're doing is just

using common sense so hopefully that

does show you how easy it is to actually

scale in terms of increasing the budgets

and makes you slightly less scared to

actually scale because I know a lot of

beginners they are scared to scale their

stores or you might be a bit nervous a

little bit apprehensive because you're

going to have all of these orders to

process and all this money coming out of

your bank account and going into your

bank account but don't worry too much

like I say this is the reason why you

got into Drop Shipping so you've

basically just seen a whole journey of

30 days of going from first day $274 all

the way to a 10K day and if we have a

look at the month overall 66k now

obviously this basically just continued

throughout December so if we just go to

December I'm not going to make this

lesson super boring by showing you every

single day of December because it's

essentially the same thing you know

pretty much just leaving the bu

now you'll see that we're scaling down

in December this is a really another

important thing that I should mention in

this lesson is scaling down you need to

scale down as well so in terms of

scaling down scaling down is the same

process as scaling up all you're doing

then is just decreasing the budgets

slowly slowly slowly why would anyone

ever want to scale down well in

Q4 you scale down because of shipping

times so you can see here on the 10th we

really started to scale down down scale

down scale down and that's because you

don't want customers purchasing products

that they're not going to receive if

they've purchased it as a gift for

Christmas so if they're purchasing on so

you can see on the 10th we kind of

really scaled down quite a lot you can

see here we started to scale down and

that's because we don't want to send out

too many orders for people who might not

get the product at Christmas time and

that also ties in with your supplier if

you're overworking your supplier it

means the processing time are going to

be slightly longer they might mess

orders up inevitably it just happens if

you're processing 200 300 orders a day

some of them are going to be processed

late some of them are going to take

longer some of them are going to get

lost some people might get the wrong

order things like that you know it's

just a human error there's not much you

can do about it so if you're scaling

towards Christmas time and people

usually will be ordering as a gift they

will want that gift on the 25th so you

can see here if we just go back to let's

just say the

21st this is pretty much the last day of

selling and then you can see it's

nothing after that and that's basically

because customers want these products as

gifts so in terms of scaling down

usually around Q4 you will want to start

scaling down in mid December depending

on your shipping times and your

processing times of your supplier you

will generally tend to want to start

scaling down at least 10 days before

Christmas because you want your products

to get to your customers in time for

Christmas otherwise you can get a huge

amount of refunds in January and that's

really going to eat into the profits for

the month and I've done that on a store

before I got really greedy and I scaled

all the way up till even Christmas Day

and then when it came to January I had

to process loads and loads of refunds

and January was basically a massive

minus month so just loads of refunds on

the store so you really don't want to do

that so in terms of scaling another

important lesson is just remember to

also scale down at important moments now

if you have a product where you've

started scaling earlier than Q4 then you

can just continue to scale it scale it

scale it scale it as much as you can all

the way through to Q4 just before

Christmas where you might want to scale

down again and scaling down is super

simple again with in terms of the ad

budgets you're just decreasing them

daily that's basically it just bringing

them down bringing them down bringing

them down and if you really want to just

be that aggressive you can just cut them

off you know that's another simple way

to do it but I always think it's good

you know to scale them down so you can

still get some orders in and give your

supplier enough time to still be able to

process those orders orders slightly

easier towards Christmas or whatever

event it might be if it's Black Friday

or if it's Valentine's Day or if it's

Mother's Day or Father's Day if it's a

gifting product something like that

where if it's for a specific day then

you're going to want to scale down so

now we can move on to the next lesson

which is managing cash flow so in this

lesson we're going to be talking about

managing cash flow when you are scaling

so as you as you've just seen in the

last lesson we were scaling the ad

budgets and the ad budgets got quite

high around 2 and a half close to $3,000

a day so imagine that's $3,000 a day

coming out of your bank account that's a

lot of money that's not an average

normal amount of money to be spending

every single day so the first thing is

when it comes to scaling and cash flow

you're going to want to ring your bank

because you're going to want to notify

them that there's going to be a lot of

cash coming out of my bank account and

there's going to be a lot of cash going

into my bank account so you can explain

to them I run a business I sell online

this is one of our busy periods of the

Year we're starting to scale the store

and we're going to be spending a lot on

tell them the ads platform so if it's

meta ads you're going to see a lot of

money coming out for meta ads because

when you are spending sometimes your

bank accounts especially here in the UK

they will always try to confirm your

transactions and if you make big

transactions they will ring you up and

ask you was this you they'll send you

text confirming yes or no have you spent

this cash you don't want to keep dealing

with that on a regular basis if you're

constantly trying to scale and spend

money on ads and the same if a lot of

money is coming into your bank account

suddenly out of nowhere the bank is

going to be notified of this they're

going to think it's suspicious they

might think you're doing money

laundering so definitely ring the bank

first and just let them know that I'm

I'm scaling my store I own a business

where I sell online this is our busy

period of the year we're going to be

spending a lot on marketing and we're

also expecting to see a lot of cash

coming just have that discussion with

them so that they have been notified it

is on your file so that way they know

that you're going to be seeing a lot of

cash coming in and out of your bank and

they can probably offer you some things

to help you with that as well so like I

say so you don't need to keep verifying

transactions and all of these types of

things and of course so they don't shut

your bank account down if you keep

spending lots of cash on ads and you're

also going to be sending cash to your

suppliers they won't keep getting

notified of this that it could be fraud

and also they're not going to think that

you're money laundering or doing

something illegal when they see loads of

money coming into your bank so that's

the first thing that you should consider

ring your bank let them know what's

going on so they are aware of this next

up you can see that we actually have

this is the cash flow diagram so I just

wanted to mention that first and now we

can have a look at the cash flow diagram

so what actually is cash flow so you're

spending on ads and from ads people are

making purchases on your store and then

when people make a purchase from your

store that money goes into your payment

Gateway so that could be Shopify

payments that could be PayPal whichever

payment processor that you are using

then the money goes from your payment

processor into your bank account but

this can actually take a few days so

with Shopify payments and PayPal it can

take a few days to get the money from

your payment proc processor into your

bank account so those few days whilst

you're waiting you still need to be

processing the orders so you still need

to be paying your supplier in order to

process the orders and you'll also going

to be spending on ads as well so that is

why I say when you do start scaling or

if you're ready to start scaling you

should have some money saved so that you

can continually spend on ads and

increase the ad budgets and you can

continue to pay your suppliers whilst

you're waiting for for this money to

come from your payment process processes

into your bank accounts now of course

you do have a few options here you can

get a credit card however that does have

some risks that come with it because

that means you're getting into debt to

pay your ads and your suppliers and if

you do get a hold here then you're still

going to have to pay that debt off so if

you get a credit card where you need to

need to pay a minimum amount to keep up

with the payments then that could

potentially work but if you have a

six-month hold on your cash then you

know that could be very risky so I think

it's best to have some savings these

could be some savings that you made when

you initially started selling the

product or perhaps you have a job and

you already have some Savings in your

account if you don't have any savings

you really are going to want to scale

super slowly of course that means you're

not going to make as much profit

inevitably that's just common sense the

slower you scale the less profits you

will make but if you try to scale really

fast and you don't have cash left over

and saved you're going to run into a lot

of headaches and those headaches are

mainly going to be you're not going to

be able to pay your suppliers in order

for them to process the orders and

because you can't process the orders on

time you're get going to get more

customers complaining and refunding so

that's one big thing to think about

because the money basically is taking

let's say 2 to 4 days to go into your

bank so then you can pay your suppliers

well that's two to 4 days where your

products are not being processed and

fulfilled and then it's going once you

actually pay supplier then you're going

to have to wait another 1 to 3 days for

them to process the order and then ship

it out so you're basically adding on an

extra two sometimes it can take longer

it can take 5 days you're basically

adding on an extra two to 5 days to your

customer's waiting times and like I say

that's of course going to cause you more

customer service emails possibly more

refunds the second thing is you're not

going to be able to increase your ad

budgets as quickly so just think of it

this way let's say your ad spending is

on $22,000 a day let's just say for

example and you bring in

$5,000 right so now you've got $5,000 in

here take away the processing fees

you've got

4,850 hits your bank account and then

you go and give your supplier 2,000

let's say so now you're left with

2,850 so now you can put this budget up

to

2,850 that's basically how cash flow

works so you started on 2,000 per day

and then you've gone to to 2,850 once

you've gone around in this cycle cuz

that's what you're left with however

it's taken you 5 days to get all the way

back around round to spend

2,850 and within those five days if

you're set at $2,000 a day that means

that you would have also spent another

$8,000 let's just say or let's say four

days you would have spent another $8,000

because you're set at $2,000 per day

before you can scale to

2,850 but if you don't have the cash to

spend $2,000 a day you're basically

scaling back down or you're going to put

your ads on hold if you don't have any

cash you're going to put your ads off

which means you're not bringing in any

more cash and then you've just shut off

the entire cash flow and then that's

where you run into big problems your

business is in big danger there to not

be able to continuously go around this

cycle in order to actually scale so what

can you actually do you know I'm telling

you all these bad things what can you

actually do if you don't have cash

reserved saved up you need to scale

slowly so basically you start on let's

say you've got $1,000 in your bank you

start on $200 a day so $200 A Day brings

you in let's say $600 in sales these are

just H hypothetical numbers just to give

you an idea of how it works so $600 uh

$200 A Day brings you in

$600 then after payment processes you

get let's just say

$580 so you've got 580 you give your

supplier another $200 that leaves you

with3 $380 and then you can go and

increase your budget to $300 a day

however that whole process takes about 5

days let's say to go around in that

complete cycle so you would have been

spending $200 a day which means you

would need about $1,000 in your bank so

if you've got about $1,000 you can start

and then you can slowly start to

increase the budgets as that cycle goes

round and round and round you're

basically just going to have to do it

slowly you're just going to have to

increase the budgets every five six days

of course like I say with the Snowball

Effect it does get easier because you

get more money going into your bank

account so if you're increasing slowly

slowly if let's say the first day you go

around this cycle you've got an extra

three or $400 to put into ads and then

the second time you because you put an

extra $300 into ads the second time you

go around the cycle then you've got an

extra $500 to put into ads the third

time you go around the cycle because

you've spent $500 $ extra on ads now

you've got an extra $800 and every time

you go around this cycle you've got more

money to spend on ads like I say if

you're waiting every time to get that

cash then you're going to have to scale

a bit slower so if you do have money to

start with then you're going to be able

to scale much quicker so that's why as I

mentioned in the first lesson cash flow

can be kind of tricky of course if you

do have some cash re reserves to start

with before you start scaling it's going

to be much easier so if you've got

$5,000 in your bank when you get to

scaling then you'll be able to scale no

problem nice and easy because whilst

you're waiting for the money to come

round you can use that $5,000 to process

the orders to spend more on ads and then

you you basically just get the ball

rolling and it's super easy to just keep

going round and round then of course if

you're starting with a very low budget

just scale slowly that's the best advice

I can give to you as I mentioned means

you're going to probably make less

profit with scaling but profit is profit

if you're making profit and you started

with a small budget then you should

still be happy the second thing that you

can use which is just a small trick is

if you are using PayPal it really

depends on where you're based because

some countries you can't use Shopify

payments or PayPal is the only process

and maybe that you have access to things

like that if you are using PayPal you

can connect your PayPal to your meta ads

account and you can also send money from

PayPal to your suppliers if they accept

PayPal and that basically just means

that

your money you're not waiting for your

money to go from PayPal to your bank and

your money won't get stuck within PayPal

because every time you need to spend for

your business if you're spending on ads

or if you're sending your money to your

suppliers you're sending it straight

from your PayPal account so if your

PayPal account for whatever reason does

get Frozen and does get a hold where

they hold your cash you won't have too

much cash in your PayPal account because

you've continuously been spending it on

ads and sending it to your suppliers now

the last thing to mention I guess is

what happens if you do get a hold on one

of your payment gateways where they hold

your money now thankfully for me that's

never happened I I've never had a

significant hold where they've had loads

of money in one of the payment processes

for six months and where they hold it

and check your whole business and I

think the main reason behind that is

because of customer service so if you

really want to keep the cash flow going

you really just need to make sure that

you don't get a hold in this area here

within your payment processes and to

minimize the risk of getting a hold on

your payment processes the main thing

you can do is just make sure you have

really really good customer service if

somebody asks for a refund just refund

them you know don't go back and forth

and argue with them for no you know for

a $50 item that's could end up in the

long run causing you to destroy your

whole business just refund them right if

you make a few losses here and there on

refunds don't worry about it think of it

in the grand scheme of things things you

argue with 10 customers 10 customers

make charge backs and you get a hold

when you could have just refunded $500

worth okay you lose $500 big deal you

can still continue to scale your store

and keep the cash flow going just for

the sake of $500 so that's one thing to

keep in mind with customer service treat

your customers well if something's going

wrong re refund them offer them store

credit offer them another product a

replacement whatever it is keep your

customers happy if you keep your

customers happy you have a much less

likely chance of getting a hold so

that's something to keep in mind keep

your customers happy keep everything up

to date keep your tracking numbers up to

date answer your customers straight away

you know answer their emails and their

messages on the same day that they send

them to you don't leave them waiting for

one to three days you know what

customers are like people if they send

an email to a company that they don't

really know that well if you purchase

off of Amazon you might wait 1 to 3 days

to hear back because you know Amazon are

reputable you know they're a big company

you know they're going to eventually

reply however if you send an email to a

website that you've never purchased

before and you're not getting updates

you're basically just then going to go

and contact your bank and say I think

I've been scammed so answer them as

quickly as possible that's the most

important thing and I know this is the

cash flow lesson but this comes into

cash flow if you want to keep your cash

flow going and you don't want your money

to get held with your payment processes

you want to make sure that your customer

service is spot on so treat your

customers well if they ask for an update

on their order answer them as quickly as

possible if they ask for a refund refund

them if they ask for a replacement

replace the product do whatever it takes

to keep them happy because at the end of

the day if you don't keep your customers

happy you are going to run into problems

if you get a payment Gateway

hold your potentially your business is

done okay so that is basically it for

this lesson the main key takeaways from

this lesson are make make sure that you

notify your bank that there is going to

be a lot of cash coming in and out of

your bank account prior to scaling if

you have some cash reserves you'll be

able to scale much quicker so try to get

some cash reserves if you don't have any

cash reserves then you're going to scale

much slower and make sure to keep your

customers happy so that you don't get

payment Gateway holds in this video I'm

going to be showing you how you can test

new creatives for your product and then

how you can go and scale those creatives

so when you want to test new creat

atives you are going to create a new

campaign so just click on create new

campaign you are going to choose a sales

campaign again and then click on

continue choose a manual sales campaign

and click on continue you can name your

campaign after the product just add

creative testing and then you can just

go and add in the date that you started

the creative testing and then you can

scroll down make sure you turn off use a

catalog because you are just going to be

running the ads to your product pages

we're not going to turn on Advantage

campaign Budget on this one so as I

mentioned before if you turn this on it

will be a CBO campaign and as we've

covered in the previous lesson CBO means

that meta has the power to allocate the

budget to the adsets but when you are

testing creatives you want to allocate

the budget to each creative individually

depending on how they perform so if you

can see one ad creative is performing

really well then you can increase the

budget and actually scale that ad

creative so we are going to leave this

off and then click on next you can then

name your adset again I recommend to go

for a broad adset and then you are just

going to test many different ad

creatives against the same broad ad set

so we are just going to choose our broad

adet we will come in here and we will go

and select the pixel for our store and

then we are going to select the purchase

event so just go and choose the purchase

event again and then we can scroll down

you can go and choose your daily budget

now when it comes to testing creatives I

recommend to start on a smaller daily

budget so I know in the previous lessons

I mentioned on your first test campaign

you are just going to set your daily

budget to whatever you're selling your

product for but because now we are going

to be adding multiple different adsets

to test multiple different creatives you

can just go and set your daily budget to

something smaller because you're going

to be testing loads of different

creatives at once so you can go and set

it to something small for example $20

per day or even $10 per day depending on

your budget then we can simply scroll

down and we are just going to leave

everything else as the default because

it is going to be a broad adset so you

can just go and choose the location that

you want to Target and leave everything

else as the default and then you can

click on next from here you can add the

first ad creative that you want to test

so just name your ad creative choose

your Facebook page and Instagram account

for your store and then you can go and

add your ad creative

so we are just going to go for single

image or video so we can come down you

can go to add media we are going to

click on ADD video now from here you can

go and add ad creatives that you are

already using from your previous CBO

testing campaign and you can of course

continue to scale that campaign as well

and then you can go and add your

creatives from that campaign into the

creative testing campaign so this

campaign is going to be strictly for

Creative testing so you're going to test

all of the creatives against each other

if you do have some creatives that are

already performing from your original

CBO test campaign you can add those

creatives into this campaign as well and

continue to scale them here as well and

you can of course go and upload new

creatives that you want to test as well

so I'm just going to go and choose this

video for example and click on next

we're not going to crop the video so we

will just click on next and we will

click on next again and we are going to

click on done you can go and add in the

copy for your ad so the primary text

head line and description the same way

that we done when we created the first

campaign and then you can of course go

and choose your call to action again you

can do this the same way that you done

with your first campaign so you're just

going to choose a shop now call to

action and then of course if we scroll

down you are just going to go and enter

in the destination link which is going

to be your product page link and then we

can scroll all the way down to tracking

just make sure that your store's pixel

is chosen and then you can click on

publish once the campaign has been

published you can close this and all you

are then going to do is duplicate that

adet and replace the ad creative so you

can come into adsets and you can come

over to your first adset click on

duplicate choose original campaign and

click on duplicate you can go and name

this UK broad adset 2 and now you are

just going to change the ad creative so

you are going to come into the ad

creative you can go and name your ad

creative so we can just call this video

ad creative 2 and then we can scroll all

the way down and all you then need to do

is just click on edit media you can

click on change video and you can go and

upload another ad creative that you want

to use so I'm just going to go and

choose one of these ones that are

already uploaded but of course if you

are testing completely new ad creatives

you can just go and upload a brand new

ad creative so then you are just going

to go and upload your ad creative so

we'll just click on next on these ad

creatives and I am just going to click

on done on this ad creative and again

just double check that all of your copy

has been filled out you have the correct

call to action Chosen and you also have

your website URL destination Chosen and

you also have your stores pixel Chosen

and then once again you can click on

publish once that second ad creative has

been published you can close this again

you can go back to adsets and now you

are just going to repeat that process

until you have all of the ad creatives

that you want to test uploaded so each

ad creative will have their individual

adset

and from here you can start testing

these ad creatives and whichever ad

creatives perform the best you can

simply click on the pencil icon and up

the daily budget to start scaling them

so if I just switch into my other AD

account so we'll just come over to this

ad account and if you have a look at our

creative testing campaign here we can

just select this and then we can go into

adsets and if you have a look at the

audiences for most of these adsets

they're all the same we are just testing

new creatives so if we choose any of

these adsets and we come over to the ads

you can see that there are different

creatives in each adset so if we get rid

of this one and we choose this one and

we go over to ads you can see that there

are individual ads in each ad set and

then like I say depending on which ads

actually start performing you can simply

start upping the budget so you can see

that this ad here started to perform the

best so this is the one that we began to

scale as I showed you in the previous

lessons where I went over scaling the

budgets whichever one of your ad

creatives is performing the best out of

all of the ones you are testing you can

simply continue to scale the budget for

that adset and that is why we use adset

budget optimization because this gives

you the freedom to go and scale the

budgets depending on which ad creative

is performing the best and it really is

that simple when it comes to testing ad

creatives you are simply just monitoring

them based on the metrics that we have

gone over in the previous lessons you

are seeing which ad creatives are

performing the best and you are simply

increasing the budgets and scaling the

ad sets with the ad creatives that are

performing the best in this lesson I'm

going to be showing you how you can test

new audiences when you are scaling your

product now in order to test a new

audience it is very simple you can just

duplicate a campaign that's already

performing well and within the adsets

you're just going to go and change the

country that you target or or you might

decide that you want to try out interest

targeting as well so you can go and

choose your original CBO campaign that

you first started testing the product

with if it is performing well or if you

have your campaign that I showed you

how to set up in the last lesson where

you are testing new creatives and you

can see that one of those creatives is

performing well you can simply go and

duplicate that campaign so just click on

duplicate on whichever campaign is

performing better you can choose

duplicate with current settings and

click on continue you can leave this

ticked on show existing reactions

comments and shares and then click on

duplicate once you have duplicated your

campaign you can just rename it as

audience testing and now all you need to

do is go and change your audiences

within your best performing adsets so

you can come into one of your adsets and

now let's say I want to start testing in

the US I can just change this adset name

to us and then I can simply simply

scroll all the way down and I am just

going to go and change the location so

you can click on edit we can go and

remove the UK and now where it says

search locations I can type in the

United States and I can choose the

United States and now I can simply hit

publish and my ads will start running to

that new audience you can of course go

and test out interest targeting as well

so we can just scroll down and you will

see Advantage Plus audience under

detailed targeting you can come in here

and you can go and choose different

interests so for example if you're

selling a dog related product you can

come in here and type in dog you can

choose an interest related to dogs you

will also see the audience size so for

dogs the audience size is still quite

large and once you have done that just

remember to update the adset name to

reflect what you're testing so we can

come in here and I can go and type in

dogs for example and as I mentioned all

you then need to do is hit publish and

you will start testing that new audience

and then you can simply read the metrics

and scale those audiences from there as

I've shown you in the previous lessons

you can of course go and test multiple

different audiences with different

adsets so if we've saved this adet we

could come into this second adet now and

I could just repeat this process to go

and test out Australia however if you

are already scaling in one country I do

recommend to just test out one or two

countries at a time don't go crazy and

start testing loads of different

audiences and loads of different

interests because you might burn through

your budget quite quickly and if you're

already scaling with another campaign

you'll still want to put most of your

efforts on scaling that campaign because

that is the one that is already giving

you promise and that you're already

scaling now one last thing to keep in

mind when it comes to testing audiences

in order to scale the real main thing

you should be focusing on first is

testing creatives so don't start testing

loads of different audiences until you

have found a creative that is working

focused on testing creatives first and

once you have found creatives that work

you can simply go and duplicate those

campaigns as I've shown you in this

lesson to test out those creatives to

new audiences because generally if a

creative is working for one audience you

might find a similar audience that a

creative can work for so if I just close

this and we will just close this and if

I just come over to the other AD account

as you can see we had our creative

testing campaign running in Australia

and once we found the creatives that

were working well in Australia we simply

duplicated this campaign and we began to

scale it in New Zealand so we just went

and changed the country just how I

showed you a few moments ago so that is

exactly what you'll want to do test out

creatives in the original country that

you want to sell your product to and

once you find the creatives that work

you can simply duplicate those campaigns

to a similar order audience so generally

Canada and the US will have a similar

audience the UK will have its own type

of audience Australia and New Zealand

will have a similar audience and

European countries might have similar

audiences as well so for example if

you've tested a product in Germany then

you could duplicate that campaign and

try it in Switzerland or in France or in

Austria or in Denmark so think about the

types of countries that are similar to

the countries that you're already

selling to and that is how you can

duplicate your campaigns and start

testing new audiences but as I say don't

try to test too many audiences and too

many countries at once you can see that

we did attempt to test the UK but it

didn't work very well so we just focused

our efforts on Australia and New Zealand

so that is why I recommend to only

really focus on a couple of countries

but really crack one country first try

to get consistent sales with one country

first and once you have tested loads of

creatives and you can see the creatives

that are working for one particular

country then you can start testing new

audiences and you are basically then

just repeating the process with the new

audience if it works you can simply

start upping the budgets and scaling

that audience in order to bring in more

revenue and

sales in today's video I'm going to be

showing you how to automatically fulfill

your Shopify Drop Shipping orders from

AliExpress using a platform called

autods so I'll show you how you can

actually go and top up your credits on

autods so you can sit back and relax and

let your Shopify Drop Shipping orders

from AliExpress be fullfilled completely

automatically so now how do you actually

go and fulfill an order so when somebody

actually purchases an order from your

store you want to go and F fulfill this

through AliExpress so if you come over

to orders and from here you will see any

orders that have come through from your

Shopify store so now you can easily go

and fulfill these orders automatically

now in order to automatically fulfill an

order you'll firstly have to make sure

that you have enough Auto order credits

now when you create an autods account

you will be given some free auto order

credits by default but you'll have to

make sure that you always have enough

Auto order credits in order to

automatically fulfill an order so you

can simply click on buy credits and

essentially one order will cost you one

Auto order credit so as you can see the

credits are very reasonably priced so

you can purchase as many credits as you

need depending on the amount of orders

you are expecting so you can go and

choose a package and simply click on buy

now and once you have done that we can

just close this next up you'll need a

way to actually pay for your AliExpress

orders and you can do this by topping up

your autod DS balance so your balance

will actually pay for the products that

you are fulfilling and your autod DS

credits will allow you to automatically

fulfill your orders so you'll also need

to top up your autod DS balance in order

to go and pay for the products that you

want to fulfill through AliExpress so if

you come over to the top right hand

corner you can click on this and you can

click on load balance and you can go and

top up your autod DS balance so anytime

someone purchases a product from your

store it will be automatically fulfilled

using your autod DS balance so as you

can see I already have $50 on my autods

balance so now I can go and fulfill this

order so as you can see it will say in

order progress because earlier I turned

on auto fulfillment but you will need to

connect your AliExpress account to your

autod DS account for these orders to be

automatically fulfilled so you can come

to settings and from your settings you

are going to click on buyer accounts and

then click on add account where it says

supplier just go and choose AliExpress

and then you are going to click on

connect with AliExpress you will then be

brought over to AliExpress and from here

you just need to log into your

AliExpress account and then click on

authorize once you have connected your

AliExpress account to autods you will be

brought back to autods and once again

you can click on settings and under

supplier settings you will see

AliExpress so now just click on orders

and you're going to want to untick where

it says process orders using the

fulfilled by autods service in order for

for your orders to be fulfilled via

AliExpress now if you leave this ticked

on your orders will be fulfilled by

autod DS now I actually do recommend

using this service since you actually

have an autod DS account I recommend you

trying out the fulfilled by autod DS

service because in a lot of instances

they can actually find products for

cheaper and with faster shipping in

comparison to AliExpress so I recommend

to go and create some test orders using

the fulfilled by autods service and see

if you can get the product for cheaper

and with faster shipping and then you

can decide whether you want to use

alexpress or not however if you tick

this off then all of your orders will be

automatically fulfilled via AliExpress

make sure that you leave automatic

orders ticked on and this will mean that

you don't need to go and fulfill any of

your orders as soon as an order comes

through from your Shopify store it will

be automatically fulfilled you can go

and edit some of these other settings so

for example your maximum purchase order

price so if you're selling more High

ticket items you could go and increase

this price so this basically just means

that any order over $500 won't be

automatically ordered so you can go and

set this higher if you are selling more

High ticket items and you can also go

and edit the maximum loss so for example

if your supplier on AliExpress increases

the product price and you end up making

a loss on the product the order won't be

automatically fulfilled if the loss is

over the threshold that you set here so

for example if you make a $3 loss the

order will still be automatically

fulfilled but at this point if you make

a $6 loss the order won't be

automatically fulfilled and you could

perhaps go and refund the customer but

in most cases you shouldn't be making a

loss on your stores anyway now the last

thing that you need to do is click on

plans and add-ons and you can scroll all

the way down to the bottom and just make

sure ORD processor is chosen as part of

your plan if you don't have orders

processor chosen you won't be able to

automatically fulfill those orders once

you have done that you can come over to

orders and now your orders should show

as ordered and as you can see my autods

account balance has updated because it

has taken out the money that I have paid

for this particular order once the order

has been fulfilled all of the tracking

numbers will be updated automatically

from your Shopify dashboard so don't

worry about the tracking numbers being

sent to your customers because they will

be updated automatically from AliExpress

using autods so one last thing I do want

to show you when it comes to fulfilling

orders from AliExpress using autods is

the request sourcing feature and this is

where you can actually go and find your

products for cheaper and with faster

shipping so you can click on request

sourcing and then you will have created

a sourcing request and autods will be

able to go and Source the product that

you are selling and they will give you

the source price and the shipping times

for your products so you can Source your

products for cheaper and with faster

shipping times so there you have it that

is how you can start fulfilling your

Shopify Drop Shipping AliExpress orders

using autods in this lesson I'm going to

be showing you how to deal with customer

returns and refunds so let's say for

example a customer send you an email

like this hi there I ordered this

product the product is broken I would

like to request a refund firstly you are

going to email them back because you

need some information from them so

you're just going to say thanks for your

email sorry to hear you're having an

issue with your order we just need some

extra information can you provide us

with your order number you can also ask

them for their email address as well but

generally you should be able to see

their email address here and then you

can say can you provide us with images

of the products defects once we receive

these we can look to process your refund

kind regards your name customer service

assistant your store name just to make

sure that everything looks and appears

professional so once you have got the

order number and the images back from

the customer if you are using AliExpress

as your supplier you can go through the

same process so you can come to account

and click on my orders you can click on

the order that the customer is disputing

by clicking on order details and from

here you can just scroll down until you

see returns and refunds so just click on

this and then you can simply go through

the process of contacting the AliExpress

supplier to to let them know that the

product arrived with a defect you can

send them the images that the customer

sends to you and once again you can get

a refund from the AliExpress supplier

and then go and refund your customer

through Shopify you can then simply come

into your orders in your Shopify

dashboard you can find the order and

then from here you can click on refund

and you can simply select the product

that you want to refund the customer for

so you can just go and click on this

little arrow to go and select the

product that they want to refund for you

don't have to refund them shipping you

can if you want to but generally you

don't have to refund them shipping and

then you can simply just click on refund

and the customer will be refunded the

money back to their account and that is

essentially it and then you can simply

just go and send them an email back you

can just say we have processed your

refund you should receive your payment

within 21 days back to the same payment

method if you have any issues please

don't hesitate to contact us and that is

basically it it's very simple when it

comes to dealing with customer returns

and refunds in most cases it will be

fairly straight forward and of course

you are going to have to deal with

refunds at some point it is inevitable

with any e-commerce or Drop Shipping

business you will have to refund

customers at some point but like I say

don't worry too much and don't stress

too much about it in most cases it is

easier to simply just refund the

customer and move on so that you can

actually Focus focus on marketing and

growing your business instead of going

back and forth over emails over

something maybe that's going to cost you

$10 for a refund now of course if you

have a product that is getting a lot of

refunds let's say three out of every

five orders customers are requesting a

refund I would of course then recommend

to stop selling that product because it

isn't a reliable product to be selling

if you are getting a lot of customer

returns and refunds but as I say in most

cases you will only be dealing with a

few refunds from a few disant customers

and this is the easiest way to deal with

it in this lesson I want to cover the

actions you need to take in case you

receive a potentially fraudulent order

now firstly you will see this little

error message that says your order might

be fraudulent so you can click on the

order and if you scroll down you will

see the fraud analysis now if the fraud

analysis is medium you can do a little

bit more of Investigation however if the

F analysis is is high I do recommend to

refund the customer right away so in

order to refund a customer we can just

scroll back up and you can simply click

on refund you can select all of the

items to refund the customer and simply

click on refund now like I say this is

only in the instance that the fraud

analysis is high and the reason you

don't want to deal with high fraud

analysis is because it has a much higher

chance of ending up in a chargeback and

a chargeback basically just means that

some somebody has contacted their bank

because they do not recognize a

transaction on their bank statement and

usually the bank will always side with

the customer and that means they will

force you to refund that customer and

also charge you the fees to deal with

this which is usually around £10 or $10

to $15 it can vary between countries and

between Banks so that's what you need to

do if the fraud analysis is high however

if the fraud analysis is medium you can

do further investigation so we are going

to click back and we will just leave

this page and we can scroll down and as

you can see for this particular product

the for analysis is medium so then you

can click on this I icon to click on

view details so as you can see it says

some characteristics of this order are

similar to fraudulent orders observed in

the past and the main one is that the

location of the IP address that was used

to place the order is different to the

billing and sh shipping address now in a

lot of cases when this is the instance

it turns out to be totally fine the

customer might have just been at work

when they placed the order to their home

address or they might have been out at

the gym or something like that so as you

can see it says here shipping address is

11 M away so it's not really really far

they could have been at work they could

have been at the gym or they could have

been at a friends and family's house

because it isn't totally far away

however if you are worried about a

chargeback you can always follow up with

the customer so we can close this you

can click on contact buyer and then you

can contact the customer so you can just

say something like this dear customer we

hope this email finds you well thank you

for shopping with us at your store's

name we are reaching out to confirm your

recent order and then you can put in the

order number as part of our commitment

to ensuring the security and safety of

all transactions we noticed that the

location from which you placed your

order is different from the billing and

shipping address to proceed with your

order we kindly ask you to confirm the

details and verify that everything is

correct and valid then I have just gone

and said please review the following

details of your order you can then go

and put in the billing and shipping

address of the customer then you can say

if all information is accurate and you

have authorized this purchase please

reply to this email to confirm if there

are any discrepancies or if you did not

place this order please let us know as

soon as possible so we can take the

appropriate action

your prompt response will help us to

process your order without further delay

we appreciate your cooperation and

understanding in this matter thank you

for your attention and we look forward

to your response best regards and then

you can just put in your information as

a customer service assistant your

store's name your store's email and your

store's website and then you can just

scroll down click on review email and if

you are happy with your email just click

on send email now I will leave this

script in the lesson notes below so you

can simply copy and paste this if you do

want to send a similar email so I'm just

going to click on send email once the

email has been sent the customer should

contact you back if they confirm that

they did make this order you can simply

then go and fulfill the order and if

they say that they didn't make the order

you can simply go and refund them

Loading...

Loading video analysis...